1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
48 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "observable.h"
58 #include "parser-defs.h"
59 #include "gdb_regex.h"
61 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
62 #include "continuations.h"
66 #include "dummy-frame.h"
69 #include "thread-fsm.h"
70 #include "tid-parse.h"
72 /* readline include files */
73 #include "readline/readline.h"
74 #include "readline/history.h"
76 /* readline defines this. */
79 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
80 #include "extension.h"
82 #include "progspace-and-thread.h"
83 #include "common/array-view.h"
84 #include "common/gdb_optional.h"
86 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
87 enum exception_event_kind
94 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
96 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
97 gdb::function_view<void (breakpoint *)>);
99 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
102 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location *location,
103 struct linespec_result *canonical,
104 enum bptype type_wanted);
106 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
107 struct linespec_result *,
108 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char>,
109 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char>,
111 enum bpdisp, int, int,
113 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
114 int, int, int, unsigned);
116 static std::vector<symtab_and_line> decode_location_default
117 (struct breakpoint *b, const struct event_location *location,
118 struct program_space *search_pspace);
120 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint
121 (const std::vector<value_ref_ptr> &vals);
123 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
125 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
127 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
128 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
129 const struct symtab_and_line *);
131 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
133 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
134 struct symtab_and_line,
136 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
138 static struct breakpoint *
139 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
141 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
144 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
146 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
150 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
151 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
152 struct obj_section *, int);
154 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
155 struct bp_location *loc2);
157 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
158 const struct address_space *aspace,
161 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location *,
162 const address_space *,
165 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *);
166 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, enum remove_bp_reason);
168 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
170 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
172 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
174 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
176 int *other_type_used);
178 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
181 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
182 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
183 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
185 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
187 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
188 insert locations now. */
189 enum ugll_insert_mode
191 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
192 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
193 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
194 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
195 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
196 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
197 returns true on them.
199 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
200 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
201 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
202 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
203 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
204 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
208 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
209 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
212 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
213 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
214 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
215 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
216 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
217 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
218 as no thread is running yet. */
222 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode);
224 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode);
226 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
228 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
230 static void trace_pass_command (const char *, int);
232 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
234 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
236 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
238 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
241 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
243 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
244 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
245 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
246 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
248 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
249 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
251 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
252 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
254 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
256 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
258 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
259 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
261 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
262 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
264 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
265 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
266 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
267 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
268 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
269 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
271 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
272 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
273 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
274 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
280 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
282 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
283 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
284 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
285 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
287 static char *dprintf_function;
289 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
290 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
291 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
292 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
293 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
294 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
295 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
297 static char *dprintf_channel;
299 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
301 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
303 struct command_line *
304 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
306 return b->commands ? b->commands.get () : NULL;
309 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
310 current breakpoint. */
312 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
315 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
317 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
318 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
320 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
322 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
325 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
326 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
327 if such is available. */
328 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
331 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
332 struct cmd_list_element *c,
335 fprintf_filtered (file,
336 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
337 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
341 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
342 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
343 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
344 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
345 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
347 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
348 struct cmd_list_element *c,
351 fprintf_filtered (file,
352 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
353 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
357 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
358 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
359 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
360 use hardware breakpoints. */
361 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
363 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
364 struct cmd_list_element *c,
367 fprintf_filtered (file,
368 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
372 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
373 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
374 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
375 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
376 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
377 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
378 processing user input. */
379 static int always_inserted_mode = 0;
382 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
383 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
385 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
389 /* See breakpoint.h. */
392 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
394 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
396 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
397 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
398 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
401 else if (target_has_execution)
403 struct thread_info *tp;
405 if (always_inserted_mode)
407 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
412 if (threads_are_executing ())
415 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
416 stopped, we still have events to process. */
417 ALL_NON_EXITED_THREADS (tp)
419 && tp->suspend.waitstatus_pending_p)
425 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
427 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
428 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
429 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
430 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
431 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
432 condition_evaluation_auto,
433 condition_evaluation_host,
434 condition_evaluation_target,
438 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
439 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
441 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
442 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
443 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
445 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
446 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
447 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
451 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
453 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
455 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
456 return condition_evaluation_target;
458 return condition_evaluation_host;
464 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
467 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
469 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
472 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
476 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
478 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
480 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
483 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
484 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
486 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
487 static int overlay_events_enabled;
489 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
490 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
492 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
493 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
494 current breakpoint. */
496 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
498 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
499 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
500 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
503 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
504 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
505 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
507 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
508 for (BP_TMP = bp_locations; \
509 BP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count && (B = *BP_TMP);\
512 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
513 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
514 to where the loop should start from.
515 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
516 appropriate location to start with. */
518 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
519 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
520 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
522 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count \
523 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
526 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
528 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
529 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
530 if (is_tracepoint (B))
532 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
534 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
536 /* Array is sorted by bp_locations_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
538 static struct bp_location **bp_locations;
540 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATIONS. */
542 static unsigned bp_locations_count;
544 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
545 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid
546 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
547 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to scan for shadow bytes for
548 an address you need to read. */
550 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max;
552 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
553 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
554 BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
555 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to
556 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
558 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max;
560 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
561 from the bp_locations array, but for which a hit may still be
562 reported by a target. */
563 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
565 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
567 static int breakpoint_count;
569 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
570 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
571 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
572 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
573 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
575 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
577 static int tracepoint_count;
579 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
580 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
581 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
583 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
586 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func) (struct breakpoint *b, void *d),
589 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
593 if (func (b, user_data) != 0)
600 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
602 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
604 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
607 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
610 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
612 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
613 breakpoint_count = num;
614 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
617 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
618 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
619 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
621 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
624 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
626 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
629 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
632 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::~scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
634 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
637 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
640 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
642 struct breakpoint *b;
649 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
650 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
653 get_breakpoint (int num)
655 struct breakpoint *b;
658 if (b->number == num)
666 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
667 evaluating conditions on its side. */
670 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
672 struct bp_location *loc;
674 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
675 evaluating conditions and if the user has
676 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
678 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
679 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
682 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
685 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
686 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
689 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
690 evaluating conditions on its side. */
693 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
695 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
696 evaluating conditions and if the user has
697 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
699 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
700 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
704 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
707 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
710 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
711 condition_evaluation_mode. */
714 set_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *args, int from_tty,
715 struct cmd_list_element *c)
717 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
719 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
720 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
722 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
723 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
724 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
728 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
729 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
731 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
732 settings was "auto". */
733 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
735 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
736 if (new_mode != old_mode)
738 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
739 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
740 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
742 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
743 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
746 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
748 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
750 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
751 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
755 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
756 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
757 target knows about. */
758 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
759 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
760 loc->needs_update = 1;
764 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
770 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
771 what "auto" is translating to. */
774 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
775 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
777 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
778 fprintf_filtered (file,
779 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
780 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
782 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
784 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
788 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
789 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
790 the more general bp_locations_compare function. */
793 bp_locations_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
795 const struct bp_location *a = *(const struct bp_location **) ap;
796 const struct bp_location *b = *(const struct bp_location **) bp;
798 if (a->address == b->address)
801 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
804 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
805 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
806 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
809 static struct bp_location **
810 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
812 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
813 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
814 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
816 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
817 dummy_loc.address = address;
819 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
820 locp_found = ((struct bp_location **)
821 bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_locations, bp_locations_count,
822 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
823 bp_locations_compare_addrs));
825 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
826 if (locp_found == NULL)
829 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
830 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
831 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_locations
832 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
839 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, const char *exp,
842 xfree (b->cond_string);
843 b->cond_string = NULL;
845 if (is_watchpoint (b))
847 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
849 w->cond_exp.reset ();
853 struct bp_location *loc;
855 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
859 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
860 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
861 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
868 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
872 const char *arg = exp;
874 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
875 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
876 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
877 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
879 if (is_watchpoint (b))
881 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
883 innermost_block.reset ();
885 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
887 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
888 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block.block ();
892 struct bp_location *loc;
894 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
898 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
899 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
901 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
905 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
907 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
910 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
913 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
914 completion_tracker &tracker,
915 const char *text, const char *word)
919 text = skip_spaces (text);
920 space = skip_to_space (text);
924 struct breakpoint *b;
928 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
929 if (!isdigit (text[1]))
930 complete_internalvar (tracker, &text[1]);
934 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
941 xsnprintf (number, sizeof (number), "%d", b->number);
943 if (strncmp (number, text, len) == 0)
945 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> copy (xstrdup (number));
946 tracker.add_completion (std::move (copy));
953 /* We're completing the expression part. */
954 text = skip_spaces (space);
955 expression_completer (cmd, tracker, text, word);
958 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
961 condition_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
963 struct breakpoint *b;
968 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
971 bnum = get_number (&p);
973 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
976 if (b->number == bnum)
978 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
979 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
980 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
981 const struct extension_language_defn *extlang
982 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b, EXT_LANG_NONE);
986 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
987 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
988 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang));
990 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
992 if (is_breakpoint (b))
993 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
998 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1001 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1002 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1003 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1006 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1008 struct command_line *c;
1010 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1014 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1015 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1016 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1018 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c->body_list_0.get ());
1019 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c->body_list_1.get ());
1021 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1022 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1023 command directly. */
1024 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1025 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1027 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1028 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1032 struct longjmp_breakpoint : public breakpoint
1034 ~longjmp_breakpoint () override;
1037 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1040 is_tracepoint_type (bptype type)
1042 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1043 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1044 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1048 is_longjmp_type (bptype type)
1050 return type == bp_longjmp || type == bp_exception;
1054 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1056 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1059 /* Factory function to create an appropriate instance of breakpoint given
1062 static std::unique_ptr<breakpoint>
1063 new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype type)
1067 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
1068 b = new tracepoint ();
1069 else if (is_longjmp_type (type))
1070 b = new longjmp_breakpoint ();
1072 b = new breakpoint ();
1074 return std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> (b);
1077 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1078 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1082 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1083 struct command_line *commands)
1085 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1087 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
1088 struct command_line *c;
1089 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1091 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1092 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1096 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1097 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1098 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1099 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1100 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1101 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1102 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1103 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1104 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1105 tracepoint's context. */
1106 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1108 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1110 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1111 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1112 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1113 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1114 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1115 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1118 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1119 "can be used only once"));
1124 validate_actionline (c->line, b);
1128 struct command_line *c2;
1130 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_list_1 == nullptr);
1131 c2 = while_stepping->body_list_0.get ();
1132 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1134 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1135 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1141 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1145 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1146 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1149 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1151 struct breakpoint *b;
1152 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1153 struct bp_location *loc;
1156 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1158 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1159 if (loc->address == addr)
1160 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1166 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1167 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1170 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1171 counted_command_line &&commands)
1173 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands.get ());
1175 b->commands = std::move (commands);
1176 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
1179 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1180 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1184 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1186 int old_silent = b->silent;
1189 if (old_silent != silent)
1190 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
1193 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1194 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1197 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1199 int old_thread = b->thread;
1202 if (old_thread != thread)
1203 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
1206 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1207 breakpoint work for any task. */
1210 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1212 int old_task = b->task;
1215 if (old_task != task)
1216 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
1220 commands_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
1221 struct command_line *control)
1223 counted_command_line cmd;
1225 std::string new_arg;
1227 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1229 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1230 new_arg = string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1232 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1233 new_arg = string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1234 arg = new_arg.c_str ();
1237 map_breakpoint_numbers
1238 (arg, [&] (breakpoint *b)
1242 if (control != NULL)
1243 cmd = control->body_list_0;
1247 = string_printf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1248 "%s, one per line."),
1251 auto do_validate = [=] (const char *line)
1253 validate_actionline (line, b);
1255 gdb::function_view<void (const char *)> validator;
1256 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1257 validator = do_validate;
1259 cmd = read_command_lines (str.c_str (), from_tty, 1, validator);
1263 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1265 if (b->commands != cmd)
1267 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, cmd.get ());
1269 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
1275 commands_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
1277 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1280 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1281 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1283 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1284 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1285 enum command_control_type
1286 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1288 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1289 return simple_control;
1292 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1295 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1297 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1301 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1302 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1307 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1308 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1311 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1312 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1313 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1316 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1317 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1318 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len,
1319 struct bp_target_info *target_info,
1320 struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
1322 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1323 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1327 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info->placed_address_space, 0,
1328 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1330 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1334 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1336 bp_addr = target_info->placed_address;
1337 bp_size = target_info->shadow_len;
1339 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1341 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1346 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1348 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1353 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1354 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1356 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1357 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1358 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1362 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1364 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1365 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1368 if (readbuf != NULL)
1370 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1371 shadow_contents buffer. */
1372 gdb_assert (target_info->shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1373 || readbuf >= (target_info->shadow_contents
1374 + target_info->shadow_len));
1376 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1378 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1379 target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1383 const unsigned char *bp;
1384 CORE_ADDR addr = target_info->reqstd_address;
1387 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1388 memcpy (target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1389 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1391 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1393 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &addr, &placed_size);
1395 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1396 breakpoint's INSN. */
1397 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1401 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1402 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1404 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1405 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1406 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1408 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1409 bl->address - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1410 up to bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1411 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1412 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1413 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1414 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1415 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
1417 bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1420 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1421 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1422 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1424 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1426 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1428 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1429 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1430 report higher one. */
1433 bc_r = bp_locations_count;
1434 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1436 struct bp_location *bl;
1438 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1439 bl = bp_locations[bc];
1441 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1442 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1443 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1444 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1446 Use the BP_LOCATIONS_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1447 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1448 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1450 if ((bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1452 && (bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1459 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1460 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1461 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1462 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1463 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1466 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1468 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1469 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1470 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1473 && bp_locations[bc_l]->address == bp_locations[bc_l - 1]->address)
1476 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1478 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_locations_count; bc++)
1480 struct bp_location *bl = bp_locations[bc];
1482 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1483 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1484 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1487 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1490 if (bl->address >= bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1491 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1492 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max))
1495 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1498 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf, writebuf, writebuf_org,
1499 memaddr, len, &bl->target_info, bl->gdbarch);
1505 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1509 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1511 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1512 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1513 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1516 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1519 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1521 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1522 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1523 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1526 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1530 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1532 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1533 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1536 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1537 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1538 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1539 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1540 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1541 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1542 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1543 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1546 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1548 return (b->pspace == current_program_space
1549 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1550 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1551 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1554 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1555 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1558 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1560 if (w->related_breakpoint != w)
1562 gdb_assert (w->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1563 gdb_assert (w->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == w);
1564 w->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1565 w->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = w->related_breakpoint;
1566 w->related_breakpoint = w;
1568 w->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1571 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1574 static struct value *
1575 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint *w, struct value *val)
1577 struct value *bit_val;
1582 bit_val = allocate_value (value_type (val));
1584 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val,
1587 value_contents_for_printing (val),
1594 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1595 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1596 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1597 to be able to report stops. */
1600 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint *b,
1601 struct program_space *pspace)
1603 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc == NULL);
1605 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
1606 b->loc->pspace = pspace;
1607 b->loc->address = -1;
1608 b->loc->length = -1;
1611 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1612 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1615 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
1617 return (b->type == bp_watchpoint
1619 && b->loc->next == NULL
1620 && b->loc->address == -1
1621 && b->loc->length == -1);
1624 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1625 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1626 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1627 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1629 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1631 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1632 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1635 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1636 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1637 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1638 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1639 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1640 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1641 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1642 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1644 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1645 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1646 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1647 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1648 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1649 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1650 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1651 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1654 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1655 hardware watchpoints:
1657 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1658 called several times when GDB stops.
1661 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1662 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1663 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1664 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1665 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1666 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1667 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1668 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1669 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1670 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1671 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1673 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1674 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1677 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1679 int within_current_scope;
1680 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1683 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1684 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1685 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1686 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1689 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1694 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1695 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1696 within_current_scope = 1;
1699 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1700 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1701 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1703 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1704 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1705 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1706 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1707 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1710 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1711 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1712 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1713 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1716 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1718 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1719 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1720 if (within_current_scope)
1724 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1725 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1726 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1729 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1734 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1735 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1736 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1737 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1738 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1739 be completely different objects. */
1743 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1744 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1745 locations (re)created below. */
1746 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
1748 b->cond_exp.reset ();
1751 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1755 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1756 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1757 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1758 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1759 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1760 if (!target_has_execution)
1762 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1763 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1764 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1765 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1767 if (b->ops->works_in_software_mode (b))
1768 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
1770 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1771 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1774 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1777 std::vector<value_ref_ptr> val_chain;
1778 struct value *v, *result, *next;
1779 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1781 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp.get (), &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain, 0);
1783 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1784 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1785 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1786 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1787 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1789 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (b))
1791 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
1792 v = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, v);
1793 b->val = release_value (v);
1797 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1799 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1800 gdb_assert (!val_chain.empty ());
1801 for (const value_ref_ptr &iter : val_chain)
1805 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1806 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1807 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1808 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1809 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1810 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1811 && (v == val_chain[0] || ! value_lazy (v)))
1813 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1815 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1816 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1817 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1819 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1820 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1823 enum target_hw_bp_type type;
1824 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1825 int bitpos = 0, bitsize = 0;
1827 if (value_bitsize (v) != 0)
1829 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1831 bitpos = value_bitpos (v);
1832 bitsize = value_bitsize (v);
1834 else if (v == result && b->val_bitsize != 0)
1836 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1837 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1838 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1839 bitpos = b->val_bitpos;
1840 bitsize = b->val_bitsize;
1843 addr = value_address (v);
1846 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
1851 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1853 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1856 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
1857 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1860 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1862 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1863 loc->address = address_significant (loc->gdbarch, addr);
1867 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
1868 loc->length = ((bitpos % 8) + bitsize + 7) / 8;
1871 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1873 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1878 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1879 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1880 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1885 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1886 struct bp_location *bl;
1888 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1892 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1895 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1896 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1897 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1899 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1900 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1901 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1902 this watchpoint in as well. */
1904 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1905 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1906 hardware watchpoint type. */
1908 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1909 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1911 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1912 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1913 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1914 through watch_command), so always account for it
1917 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1918 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (b, type, &other_type_used);
1920 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1921 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
1924 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1925 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1927 int sw_mode = b->ops->works_in_software_mode (b);
1929 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1930 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1931 "hardware watchpoint."));
1932 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1933 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1934 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1936 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1937 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
1941 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1942 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1943 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1948 else if (!b->ops->works_in_software_mode (b))
1950 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1951 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1952 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1954 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1955 "read/access watchpoint."));
1958 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
1960 loc_type = (b->type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1961 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1962 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1963 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1966 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1967 above left it without any location set up. But,
1968 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1969 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1970 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc == NULL)
1971 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (b, frame_pspace);
1973 else if (!within_current_scope)
1975 printf_filtered (_("\
1976 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1977 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1979 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1982 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1984 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1988 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1989 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1990 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1991 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1992 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1994 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1996 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
1999 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2002 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2005 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2008 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2009 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2010 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2011 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2012 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2013 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2014 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2015 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2016 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2019 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2020 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2021 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2023 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2024 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2025 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl->pspace->aspace,
2027 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2028 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2029 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2030 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2031 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2032 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2033 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2034 && !(bl->owner->type == bp_single_step
2035 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl->owner->thread)))
2039 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog,
2040 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2041 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2042 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2047 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2048 instruction that triggered one. */
2049 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
2050 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2054 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog,
2055 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2056 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2057 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2066 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2067 that the location is not duplicated. */
2070 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2073 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2076 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2077 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2081 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2082 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2083 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2084 any error during parsing. */
2086 static agent_expr_up
2087 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2092 agent_expr_up aexpr;
2094 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2095 that may show up. */
2098 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2101 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2103 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2104 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2105 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2109 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2113 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2114 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2115 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2116 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2117 one of them is true. */
2120 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2122 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2123 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2124 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2125 struct bp_location *loc;
2127 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2128 bl->target_info.conditions.clear ();
2130 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2131 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2132 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2134 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2135 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2138 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2139 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2140 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2141 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2142 response back to GDB. */
2143 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2146 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2150 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2151 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2152 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2153 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2154 loc->cond_bytecode = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2158 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2159 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2160 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2162 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2168 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2169 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2170 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2172 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2173 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2174 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2176 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2179 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2181 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2183 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2186 loc->cond_bytecode.reset ();
2191 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2192 for this location's address. */
2193 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2197 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2198 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2199 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2202 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2203 to send the conditions to the target. */
2204 bl->target_info.conditions.push_back (loc->cond_bytecode.get ());
2211 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2212 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2213 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2215 static agent_expr_up
2216 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2218 const char *cmdrest;
2219 const char *format_start, *format_end;
2220 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2227 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2229 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2231 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2232 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2234 format_start = cmdrest;
2236 format_pieces fpieces (&cmdrest);
2238 format_end = cmdrest;
2240 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2241 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2243 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2245 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2246 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2248 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2250 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2252 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2254 std::vector<struct expression *> argvec;
2255 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2260 expression_up expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2261 argvec.push_back (expr.release ());
2263 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2267 agent_expr_up aexpr;
2269 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2270 that may show up. */
2273 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2274 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2275 argvec.size (), argvec.data ());
2277 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2279 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2280 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2281 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2285 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2289 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2290 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2291 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2294 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2296 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2297 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2298 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2299 struct bp_location *loc;
2301 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2302 bl->target_info.tcommands.clear ();
2304 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2307 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2308 if (dprintf_style != dprintf_style_agent)
2311 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2312 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2313 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2315 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2318 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2319 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2320 && loc->owner->type != bp_dprintf)
2324 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2325 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2326 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2327 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2328 response back to GDB. */
2329 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2332 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2336 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2337 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2338 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2339 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2341 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2342 loc->owner->extra_string);
2345 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2346 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2347 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2349 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2355 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2357 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2359 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2362 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2363 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2365 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2367 if (loc->cmd_bytecode == NULL)
2370 loc->cmd_bytecode.reset ();
2375 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2376 for this location's address. */
2377 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2380 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2381 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2382 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2383 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2386 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2387 to send the commands to the target. */
2388 bl->target_info.tcommands.push_back (loc->cmd_bytecode.get ());
2392 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2393 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2394 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2395 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2398 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2399 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2400 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2404 breakpoint_kind (struct bp_location *bl, CORE_ADDR *addr)
2406 if (bl->owner->type == bp_single_step)
2408 struct thread_info *thr = find_thread_global_id (bl->owner->thread);
2409 struct regcache *regcache;
2411 regcache = get_thread_regcache (thr->ptid);
2413 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl->gdbarch,
2417 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl->gdbarch, addr);
2420 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2421 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2422 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2423 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2426 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2427 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2429 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2430 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2431 int *disabled_breaks,
2432 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2433 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2435 gdb_exception bp_excpt = exception_none;
2437 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2440 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2441 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2442 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2443 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2444 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2445 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2446 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2447 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2448 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2449 bl->target_info.reqstd_address = bl->address;
2450 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2451 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2453 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2454 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2455 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2456 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2458 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2460 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2461 build_target_command_list (bl);
2462 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2463 bl->needs_update = 0;
2466 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2467 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2469 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2471 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2472 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2473 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2475 Two important cases are:
2476 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2477 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2478 hardware breakpoint.
2479 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2480 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2481 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2484 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2485 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2486 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2487 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2489 struct mem_region *mr
2490 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.reqstd_address);
2494 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2496 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2498 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2499 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2501 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2503 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2505 static int said = 0;
2507 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2510 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2511 _("Note: automatically using "
2512 "hardware breakpoints for "
2513 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2518 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2519 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2521 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2522 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2523 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2524 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2526 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2532 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2533 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2534 || bl->section == NULL
2535 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2537 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2542 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2544 bp_excpt = gdb_exception {RETURN_ERROR, GENERIC_ERROR};
2546 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2554 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2555 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2556 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2558 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2559 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2560 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2561 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2562 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2566 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2568 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2569 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2570 bl->overlay_target_info.reqstd_address = addr;
2572 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2577 bl->overlay_target_info.kind
2578 = breakpoint_kind (bl, &addr);
2579 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2580 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2581 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2584 = gdb_exception {RETURN_ERROR, GENERIC_ERROR};
2586 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2592 if (bp_excpt.reason != 0)
2593 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2594 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2595 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2599 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2600 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2602 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2607 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2609 bp_excpt = gdb_exception {RETURN_ERROR, GENERIC_ERROR};
2611 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2619 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2620 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2625 if (bp_excpt.reason != 0)
2627 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2629 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2630 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2631 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2632 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2633 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2634 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2635 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2636 errors as memory errors. */
2637 if (bp_excpt.reason == RETURN_ERROR
2638 && (bp_excpt.error == GENERIC_ERROR
2639 || bp_excpt.error == MEMORY_ERROR)
2640 && bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2641 && (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
2642 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
2645 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2646 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2647 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (bl->owner);
2648 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2650 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2651 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2653 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2654 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2655 "library breakpoints:\n");
2657 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2658 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2659 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2664 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2666 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2667 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = bp_excpt.message != NULL;
2668 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2669 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2671 bp_excpt.message ? ":" : ".\n");
2672 if (bp_excpt.message != NULL)
2673 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n",
2678 if (bp_excpt.message == NULL)
2681 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO,
2682 bl->gdbarch, bl->address);
2684 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2685 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2687 bl->owner->number, message.c_str ());
2691 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2692 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2707 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2708 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2709 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2710 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2714 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2715 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2717 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2719 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2720 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2721 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2723 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2725 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2726 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2728 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2730 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2731 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2735 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2736 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2743 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2744 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2747 /* Back to the original value. */
2748 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2752 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2755 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2759 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2760 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2762 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2765 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2769 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2770 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2772 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2775 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2777 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2778 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2779 so just return success. */
2786 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2787 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2791 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2793 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2794 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2796 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2797 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2799 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2800 delete_breakpoint (b);
2803 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2804 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2805 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2807 struct bp_location *tmp;
2809 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2811 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2812 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2813 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2815 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2816 if (tmp->next == loc)
2818 tmp->next = loc->next;
2824 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2825 removed locations above. */
2826 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
2829 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2830 Throws exception on any error.
2831 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2832 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2834 insert_breakpoints (void)
2836 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2838 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2839 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2841 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2843 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2846 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2847 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2848 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
2849 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT);
2852 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2855 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2857 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2859 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2861 callback (loc, NULL);
2865 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2866 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2867 always-inserted mode. */
2870 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2872 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2875 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2876 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2877 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
2879 string_file tmp_error_stream;
2881 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2882 there was an error. */
2883 tmp_error_stream.puts ("Warning:\n");
2885 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
2887 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2889 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2891 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2894 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2895 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2896 deletion of breakpoints. */
2897 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2900 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2902 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2903 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2904 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2905 insert breakpoints. */
2906 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2907 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2910 val = insert_bp_location (bl, &tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2911 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
2918 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
2919 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2923 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2926 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2928 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2929 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2932 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2933 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2934 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
2936 string_file tmp_error_stream;
2938 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2939 there was an error. */
2940 tmp_error_stream.puts ("Warning:\n");
2942 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
2944 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2946 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2949 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2950 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2951 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2952 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2953 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2956 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2958 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2959 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2960 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2961 insert breakpoints. */
2962 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2963 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2966 val = insert_bp_location (bl, &tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2967 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
2972 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2973 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2974 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2976 int some_failed = 0;
2977 struct bp_location *loc;
2979 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2982 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2985 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2988 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2989 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2996 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2998 remove_breakpoint (loc);
3000 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
3001 tmp_error_stream.printf ("Could not insert "
3002 "hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3010 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3011 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3012 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
3014 tmp_error_stream.printf ("Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3015 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3017 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
3018 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
3022 /* Used when the program stops.
3023 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3024 removing a breakpoint location. */
3027 remove_breakpoints (void)
3029 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3032 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3034 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
3035 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl);
3040 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3044 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info *tp, int silent)
3046 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3048 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3050 if (b->thread == tp->global_num && user_breakpoint_p (b))
3052 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
3054 printf_filtered (_("\
3055 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3056 b->number, print_thread_id (tp));
3058 /* Hide it from the user. */
3064 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3067 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
3069 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3071 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3073 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3075 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3078 if (bl->inserted && !bl->target_info.persist)
3080 val = remove_breakpoint (bl);
3088 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3090 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3091 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3092 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3093 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3094 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3095 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3097 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3100 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3103 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3104 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3108 static struct breakpoint *
3109 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3110 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3111 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3113 symtab_and_line sal;
3115 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3116 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3118 breakpoint *b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3119 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3120 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3125 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3127 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3129 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3131 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3132 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3134 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3135 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym {};
3137 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3138 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES] {};
3140 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3141 int longjmp_searched = 0;
3143 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). These are non-owning
3145 std::vector<probe *> longjmp_probes;
3147 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3148 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym {};
3150 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3151 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym {};
3153 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3154 int exception_searched = 0;
3156 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). These are non-owning
3158 std::vector<probe *> exception_probes;
3161 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3163 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3164 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3166 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3169 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3171 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3174 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3175 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3177 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3178 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3180 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3182 bp_objfile_data = ((struct breakpoint_objfile_data *)
3183 objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key));
3184 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3186 bp_objfile_data = new breakpoint_objfile_data ();
3187 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3189 return bp_objfile_data;
3193 free_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3195 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data
3196 = (struct breakpoint_objfile_data *) data;
3198 delete bp_objfile_data;
3202 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3204 struct objfile *objfile;
3205 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3207 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3209 struct breakpoint *b;
3210 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3212 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3214 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3216 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym))
3219 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym == NULL)
3221 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3223 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3224 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3226 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3227 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3230 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3233 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3234 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3236 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3237 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3238 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3239 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3241 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3243 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3244 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3248 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3249 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3255 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3257 struct program_space *pspace;
3259 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace;
3261 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3263 struct objfile *objfile;
3265 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3267 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3270 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3271 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3273 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3275 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3277 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3279 std::vector<probe *> ret
3280 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3284 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3287 if (!p->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3289 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3290 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3294 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes = ret;
3295 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3298 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes.empty ())
3300 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3302 for (probe *p : bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes)
3304 struct breakpoint *b;
3306 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3307 p->get_relocated_address (objfile),
3309 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3310 b->location = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3311 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3317 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3320 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3322 struct breakpoint *b;
3323 const char *func_name;
3325 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3327 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym))
3330 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3331 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym == NULL)
3333 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3335 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3336 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3338 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3339 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym = &msym_not_found;
3342 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3345 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3346 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3347 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3348 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3349 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3350 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3351 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3357 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3359 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3361 struct program_space *pspace;
3362 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3364 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace;
3366 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3368 struct objfile *objfile;
3371 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3373 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3375 struct breakpoint *b;
3376 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3377 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3379 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3381 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym))
3384 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym == NULL)
3386 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3388 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3389 if (m.minsym == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_text
3390 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_file_text))
3392 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3393 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3396 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3399 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3400 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3401 bp_std_terminate_master,
3402 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3403 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3404 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3405 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3406 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3411 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3414 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3416 struct objfile *objfile;
3417 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3419 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3421 struct breakpoint *b;
3422 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3423 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3425 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3427 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3429 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3430 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3432 std::vector<probe *> ret
3433 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3437 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3440 if (!p->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3442 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3443 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3447 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes = ret;
3448 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3451 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_probes.empty ())
3453 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3455 for (probe *p : bp_objfile_data->exception_probes)
3457 struct breakpoint *b;
3459 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3460 p->get_relocated_address (objfile),
3461 bp_exception_master,
3462 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3463 b->location = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3464 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3470 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3472 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym))
3475 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3477 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym == NULL)
3479 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook;
3481 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3482 if (debug_hook.minsym == NULL)
3484 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3488 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3491 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3492 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr, target_stack);
3493 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3494 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3495 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3496 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3497 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3498 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3502 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3505 breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (const struct breakpoint *b)
3507 return b->location != NULL && event_location_empty_p (b->location.get ());
3511 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3513 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3514 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3516 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3517 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3518 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3519 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3520 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3521 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3522 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3523 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3524 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3525 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3526 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3528 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3530 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3533 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3534 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3536 delete_breakpoint (b);
3540 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3541 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3543 delete_breakpoint (b);
3547 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3548 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3549 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3550 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3551 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3553 delete_breakpoint (b);
3557 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3558 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3560 delete_breakpoint (b);
3564 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3565 if (b->type == bp_single_step)
3567 delete_breakpoint (b);
3571 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3573 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3574 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3575 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3577 delete_breakpoint (b);
3581 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3583 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3584 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3585 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3586 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3590 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3591 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3592 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3593 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3594 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3595 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3597 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3598 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3599 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3600 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3601 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3602 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3603 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3605 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3606 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3607 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3608 let finish_command delete it.
3610 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3611 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3612 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3613 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3614 solib breakpoints.) */
3616 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3621 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3622 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3624 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b))
3626 delete_breakpoint (b);
3633 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3635 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3637 scoped_restore save_inferior_ptid = make_scoped_restore (&inferior_ptid);
3638 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3640 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid))
3641 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3643 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3644 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3645 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3647 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3650 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3651 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3652 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3653 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3654 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3655 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3656 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_other)
3660 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, DETACH_BREAKPOINT);
3666 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3667 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3668 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3669 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3670 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3673 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
3677 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3678 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3680 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3681 This should not ever happen. */
3682 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3684 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3685 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3687 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3688 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3689 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3691 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3692 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3693 || bl->section == NULL
3694 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3696 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3698 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3699 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3700 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3701 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3702 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3703 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3704 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3705 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3706 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3707 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3708 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3709 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3710 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3711 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3712 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3713 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3714 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3715 they should always be removed. */
3716 if (bl->shlib_disabled
3717 && bl->target_info.shadow_len != 0
3718 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info))
3721 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl, reason);
3725 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3726 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3727 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3729 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3730 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3732 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3733 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3734 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3735 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3736 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3738 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3739 &bl->overlay_target_info,
3742 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3743 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3746 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3747 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3748 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3749 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3751 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3752 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3753 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3754 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3755 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3756 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl, reason);
3762 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3767 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3768 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3769 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3770 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3771 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3772 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3773 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3774 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3775 always-inserted mode. */
3777 && (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3778 && (bl->shlib_disabled
3779 || solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
3780 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
3786 bl->inserted = (reason == DETACH_BREAKPOINT);
3788 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3790 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3791 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3793 bl->inserted = (reason == DETACH_BREAKPOINT);
3794 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl, reason);
3796 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3797 if (reason == REMOVE_BREAKPOINT && bl->inserted)
3798 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3801 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3802 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3805 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3806 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3808 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl, reason);
3812 bl->inserted = (reason == DETACH_BREAKPOINT);
3819 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
3821 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3822 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3824 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3825 This should not ever happen. */
3826 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3828 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
3830 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3832 return remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT);
3835 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3838 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3840 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3842 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3843 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3847 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3848 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3850 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3853 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3854 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3855 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3860 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3862 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3863 struct bp_location *bl;
3865 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3867 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3869 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3872 mark_breakpoints_out ();
3874 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3876 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3882 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
3884 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3885 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3888 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3890 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3892 case bp_shlib_event:
3894 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3895 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3896 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3897 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3898 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3900 (gdb) file prog-linux
3901 (gdb) run # native linux target
3904 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3905 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3908 case bp_step_resume:
3910 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3912 case bp_single_step:
3914 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
3916 delete_breakpoint (b);
3920 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3921 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3922 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3924 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3926 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3927 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
3928 delete_breakpoint (b);
3931 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
3932 valid. New ones will be created in
3933 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
3934 The next update_global_location_list call will
3935 garbage collect them. */
3938 if (context == inf_starting)
3940 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3941 insert_breakpoints. */
3942 w->val.reset (nullptr);
3953 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3954 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
3955 decref_bp_location (&bl);
3956 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
3959 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3960 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3961 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3962 match, not program space. */
3964 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3965 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3966 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3967 permanent breakpoint.
3968 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3969 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3970 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3971 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3972 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3974 enum breakpoint_here
3975 breakpoint_here_p (const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3977 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3978 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
3980 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3982 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3983 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3986 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3987 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3989 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3991 if (overlay_debugging
3992 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3993 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3994 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3995 else if (bl->permanent)
3996 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
3998 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
4002 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : no_breakpoint_here;
4005 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4008 breakpoint_in_range_p (const address_space *aspace,
4009 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
4011 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4013 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4015 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4016 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4019 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4021 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl, aspace,
4024 if (overlay_debugging
4025 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4026 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4028 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4039 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4042 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4044 struct bp_location *loc;
4047 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4048 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
4054 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4058 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location *bl,
4059 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4062 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
4065 if (overlay_debugging
4066 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4067 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4068 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4075 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4078 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4080 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4082 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4084 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4086 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4087 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4090 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4096 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4100 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space *aspace,
4103 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4105 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4107 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4109 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4112 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4119 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4122 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space *aspace,
4125 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4127 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4129 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4131 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4134 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4142 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (const address_space *aspace,
4143 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
4145 struct breakpoint *bpt;
4147 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
4149 struct bp_location *loc;
4151 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4152 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
4155 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
4158 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4159 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
4163 /* Check for intersection. */
4164 l = std::max<CORE_ADDR> (loc->address, addr);
4165 h = std::min<CORE_ADDR> (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
4174 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4178 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4180 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4183 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4186 bpstats::~bpstats ()
4188 if (bp_location_at != NULL)
4189 decref_bp_location (&bp_location_at);
4192 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4193 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4196 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4213 bpstats::bpstats (const bpstats &other)
4215 bp_location_at (other.bp_location_at),
4216 breakpoint_at (other.breakpoint_at),
4217 commands (other.commands),
4218 print (other.print),
4220 print_it (other.print_it)
4222 if (other.old_val != NULL)
4223 old_val = release_value (value_copy (other.old_val.get ()));
4224 incref_bp_location (bp_location_at);
4227 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4228 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4231 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4235 bpstat retval = NULL;
4240 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4242 tmp = new bpstats (*bs);
4245 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4255 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4258 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4263 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4265 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4271 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4274 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp, enum gdb_signal sig)
4276 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4278 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4280 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4282 if (sig == GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
4287 if (bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at,
4296 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4297 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4298 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4299 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4301 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4302 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4304 Return 1 otherwise. */
4307 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4309 struct breakpoint *b;
4312 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4314 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4315 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4316 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4317 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4318 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4320 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4322 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4326 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4329 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4331 struct thread_info *tp;
4334 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4337 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4341 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4343 bs->commands = NULL;
4344 bs->old_val.reset (nullptr);
4348 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4351 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4353 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4355 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4357 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4358 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4359 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4360 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4361 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4365 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4368 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4369 or its equivalent. */
4372 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4374 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0);
4377 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4378 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4379 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4380 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4382 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4383 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4384 bpstat of the current thread. */
4387 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4392 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4394 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4397 scoped_restore save_executing
4398 = make_scoped_restore (&executing_breakpoint_commands, 1);
4400 scoped_restore preventer = prevent_dont_repeat ();
4402 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4405 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4406 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4408 struct command_line *cmd = NULL;
4410 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4412 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4413 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4414 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4415 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4416 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4417 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4418 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4419 the tree when we're done. */
4420 counted_command_line ccmd = bs->commands;
4421 bs->commands = NULL;
4424 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4426 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4432 execute_control_command (cmd);
4434 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4440 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4442 if (current_ui->async)
4443 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4444 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4445 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4448 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4449 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4450 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4451 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4452 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4453 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4454 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4455 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4456 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4457 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4458 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4459 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4460 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4469 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4471 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4473 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4474 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4475 && target_has_execution
4476 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4477 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4478 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4479 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4480 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4481 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4482 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4485 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4488 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4491 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4494 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4497 struct value_print_options opts;
4498 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4499 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4503 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4504 debugging multiple threads. */
4507 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out *uiout)
4509 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
4514 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4517 struct thread_info *thr = inferior_thread ();
4519 uiout->text ("Thread ");
4520 uiout->field_fmt ("thread-id", "%s", print_thread_id (thr));
4522 name = thr->name != NULL ? thr->name : target_thread_name (thr);
4525 uiout->text (" \"");
4526 uiout->field_fmt ("name", "%s", name);
4530 uiout->text (" hit ");
4534 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4535 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4536 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4537 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4540 static enum print_stop_action
4541 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4543 switch (bs->print_it)
4546 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4547 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4551 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4552 relevant messages. */
4553 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4556 case print_it_normal:
4558 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4560 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4561 which has since been deleted. */
4563 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4565 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4566 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4571 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4572 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4577 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4580 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4582 bool any_deleted = !current_program_space->deleted_solibs.empty ();
4584 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4588 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4589 current_uiout->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4591 current_uiout->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4592 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4595 if (current_uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
4596 current_uiout->field_string ("reason",
4597 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4601 current_uiout->text (_(" Inferior unloaded "));
4602 ui_out_emit_list list_emitter (current_uiout, "removed");
4603 for (int ix = 0; ix < current_program_space->deleted_solibs.size (); ix++)
4605 const std::string &name = current_program_space->deleted_solibs[ix];
4608 current_uiout->text (" ");
4609 current_uiout->field_string ("library", name);
4610 current_uiout->text ("\n");
4616 struct so_list *iter;
4619 current_uiout->text (_(" Inferior loaded "));
4620 ui_out_emit_list list_emitter (current_uiout, "added");
4622 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4627 current_uiout->text (" ");
4628 current_uiout->field_string ("library", iter->so_name);
4629 current_uiout->text ("\n");
4634 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4635 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4636 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4637 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4638 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4639 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4640 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4643 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4644 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4645 code to print the location. An example is
4646 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4648 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4649 to also print the location part of the message.
4650 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4651 don't require a location appended to the end.
4652 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4653 further info to be printed. */
4655 enum print_stop_action
4656 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4658 enum print_stop_action val;
4660 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4661 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4662 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4663 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4664 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4666 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4667 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4668 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4669 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4673 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4674 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4675 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4676 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4678 print_solib_event (0);
4679 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4682 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4683 with and nothing was printed. */
4684 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4687 /* Evaluate the boolean expression EXP and return the result. */
4690 breakpoint_cond_eval (expression *exp)
4692 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4693 bool res = value_true (evaluate_expression (exp));
4695 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4699 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4701 bpstats::bpstats (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4703 bp_location_at (bl),
4704 breakpoint_at (bl->owner),
4708 print_it (print_it_normal)
4710 incref_bp_location (bl);
4711 **bs_link_pointer = this;
4712 *bs_link_pointer = &next;
4717 bp_location_at (NULL),
4718 breakpoint_at (NULL),
4722 print_it (print_it_normal)
4726 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4727 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4730 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4732 bool stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4734 struct breakpoint *b;
4736 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4738 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4739 as not triggered. */
4741 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4743 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4745 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4751 if (!target_stopped_data_address (target_stack, &addr))
4753 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4754 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4756 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4758 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4760 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4766 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4767 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4771 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4773 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4774 struct bp_location *loc;
4776 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4777 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4779 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4781 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4782 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4784 if (newaddr == start)
4786 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4790 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4791 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (target_stack,
4795 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4804 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check. */
4805 enum wp_check_result
4807 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4810 /* The value has changed. */
4811 WP_VALUE_CHANGED = 2,
4813 /* The value has not changed. */
4814 WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED = 3,
4816 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4820 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4821 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4823 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4826 static wp_check_result
4827 watchpoint_check (bpstat bs)
4829 struct watchpoint *b;
4830 struct frame_info *fr;
4831 int within_current_scope;
4833 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4834 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4835 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4837 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4838 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4839 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4840 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4843 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4844 within_current_scope = 1;
4847 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4848 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4849 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4851 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4852 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4853 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4854 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4855 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4856 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4857 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4858 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4859 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4860 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
4863 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
4864 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
4866 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4867 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4868 if (within_current_scope)
4870 struct symbol *function;
4872 function = get_frame_function (fr);
4873 if (function == NULL
4874 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
4875 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
4876 within_current_scope = 0;
4879 if (within_current_scope)
4880 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4881 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4886 if (within_current_scope)
4888 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4889 time before we return to the command level and call
4890 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4891 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4895 struct value *new_val;
4897 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4898 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4899 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4900 a mask watchpoint. */
4901 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4903 mark = value_mark ();
4904 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp.get (), &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL, 0);
4906 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
4907 new_val = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, new_val);
4909 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4910 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4911 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4912 not what we want. */
4913 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
4914 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val.get (),
4917 bs->old_val = b->val;
4918 b->val = release_value (new_val);
4920 if (new_val != NULL)
4921 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4922 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4926 /* Nothing changed. */
4927 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4928 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
4933 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4934 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4935 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4936 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4937 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4938 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4939 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4940 the first value assigned). */
4941 /* We print all the stop information in
4942 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4943 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4944 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4947 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
4949 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4951 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
4953 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
4954 uiout->text ("\nWatchpoint ");
4955 uiout->field_int ("wpnum", b->number);
4956 uiout->text (" deleted because the program has left the block in\n"
4957 "which its expression is valid.\n");
4960 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4962 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4968 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4969 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4970 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4973 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
4974 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
4975 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4977 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
4979 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4980 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4982 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
4985 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4986 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4989 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
4991 const struct bp_location *bl;
4992 struct watchpoint *b;
4994 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4995 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4996 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4997 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4998 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5001 int must_check_value = 0;
5003 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint)
5004 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5006 must_check_value = 1;
5007 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
5008 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5009 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5011 must_check_value = 1;
5012 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
5013 && b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5014 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5015 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5016 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5017 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5018 must_check_value = 1;
5020 if (must_check_value)
5026 e = watchpoint_check (bs);
5028 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
5030 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, ex,
5031 "Error evaluating expression "
5032 "for watchpoint %d\n",
5035 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5037 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5040 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5048 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5049 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5053 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5056 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
5057 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
5059 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5061 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5062 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5063 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5064 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5065 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5066 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5067 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5070 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5071 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5074 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5075 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5076 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5077 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5079 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5080 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5081 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5084 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5085 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5086 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5087 changes. This still gives false positives when
5088 the program writes the same value to memory as
5089 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5090 it for a read), but it's much better than
5093 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
5095 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
5097 struct breakpoint *other_b;
5099 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
5100 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5101 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
5103 struct watchpoint *other_w =
5104 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
5106 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
5107 == watch_triggered_yes)
5109 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
5115 if (other_write_watchpoint
5116 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
5118 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5119 and the value changed since the last time we
5120 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5122 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5127 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
5128 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5129 || b->type == bp_watchpoint)
5131 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5132 the value hasn't changed. */
5133 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5143 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5145 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5146 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5147 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5148 anything for this watchpoint. */
5149 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5155 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5156 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5157 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5158 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5161 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5163 const struct bp_location *bl;
5164 struct breakpoint *b;
5166 bool condition_result = true;
5167 struct expression *cond;
5169 gdb_assert (bs->stop);
5171 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5172 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5173 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5174 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5175 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5177 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5178 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5179 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5181 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5182 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5188 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5189 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5191 if ((b->thread != -1 && b->thread != ptid_to_global_thread_id (ptid))
5192 || (b->task != 0 && b->task != ada_get_task_number (ptid)))
5199 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5201 bs->stop = breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b);
5203 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5205 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5207 cond = w->cond_exp.get ();
5210 cond = bl->cond.get ();
5212 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5214 int within_current_scope = 1;
5215 struct watchpoint * w;
5217 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5218 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5219 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5220 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5222 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5224 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5225 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5229 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5230 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5231 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5232 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5233 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5235 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5236 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5239 struct frame_info *frame;
5241 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5242 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5243 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5244 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5245 really matter which instantiation of the function
5246 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5247 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5248 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5249 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5250 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5251 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5252 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5253 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5255 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5257 select_frame (frame);
5259 within_current_scope = 0;
5261 if (within_current_scope)
5265 condition_result = breakpoint_cond_eval (cond);
5267 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
5269 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, ex,
5270 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n");
5276 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5277 "in the current scope"));
5278 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5279 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5281 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5282 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5285 if (cond && !condition_result)
5289 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5293 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5295 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
5299 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5300 on the current target. */
5303 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location *loc)
5305 return ((loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5306 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5307 || (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5308 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5311 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5314 build_bpstat_chain (const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
5315 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5317 struct breakpoint *b;
5318 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5322 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
5325 for (bp_location *bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5327 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5328 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5329 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5330 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5331 checked all locations already. */
5332 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5335 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5338 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5341 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5344 bpstat bs = new bpstats (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5347 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5348 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5349 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5353 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5354 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5355 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5357 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5359 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5361 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5366 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5367 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5368 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5373 VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5375 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr)
5376 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc))
5378 bpstat bs = new bpstats (loc, &bs_link);
5379 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5382 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5390 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5393 bpstat_stop_status (const address_space *aspace,
5394 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5395 const struct target_waitstatus *ws,
5398 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5399 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5400 bpstat bs_head = stop_chain;
5402 int need_remove_insert;
5405 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5406 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5407 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5408 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5409 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5410 inferior function calls. */
5411 if (bs_head == NULL)
5412 bs_head = build_bpstat_chain (aspace, bp_addr, ws);
5414 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5415 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5416 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5418 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5420 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5422 handle_solib_event ();
5427 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5428 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5429 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5433 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5438 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5439 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5442 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5447 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
5449 /* We will stop here. */
5450 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5452 --(b->enable_count);
5453 if (b->enable_count <= 0)
5454 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5459 bs->commands = b->commands;
5460 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5461 ? bs->commands.get () : NULL))
5464 b->ops->after_condition_true (bs);
5469 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5471 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5472 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5475 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5476 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5477 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5479 need_remove_insert = 0;
5480 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5481 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5483 && bs->breakpoint_at
5484 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5486 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5488 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5489 need_remove_insert = 1;
5492 if (need_remove_insert)
5493 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
5494 else if (removed_any)
5495 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
5501 handle_jit_event (void)
5503 struct frame_info *frame;
5504 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5507 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5509 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5510 breakpoint_re_set. */
5511 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
5513 frame = get_current_frame ();
5514 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5516 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5518 target_terminal::inferior ();
5521 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5523 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5526 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5528 struct bpstat_what retval;
5531 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5532 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5533 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5535 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5537 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5538 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5539 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5542 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5544 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5545 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5549 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5556 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5557 case bp_single_step:
5560 case bp_shlib_event:
5564 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5566 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5569 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5572 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5573 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5574 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5578 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5580 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5584 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5585 This requires no further action. */
5589 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5593 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5594 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5597 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5599 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5600 case bp_exception_resume:
5603 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5604 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5607 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5609 case bp_step_resume:
5611 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5614 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5615 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5618 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5620 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5623 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5624 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5627 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5628 case bp_thread_event:
5629 case bp_overlay_event:
5630 case bp_longjmp_master:
5631 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5632 case bp_exception_master:
5633 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5639 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5641 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5645 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5646 This requires no further action. */
5650 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5653 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5654 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5655 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5656 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5658 case bp_std_terminate:
5659 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5660 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5661 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5662 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5665 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5666 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5667 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5668 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5670 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5671 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5673 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5674 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5675 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5677 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5678 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5679 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5680 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5685 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5687 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5691 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5692 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5695 retval.main_action = std::max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5702 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head)
5706 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5708 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5715 handle_jit_event ();
5717 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5718 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5720 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5721 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5727 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5728 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5729 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5732 bpstat_should_step (void)
5734 struct breakpoint *b;
5737 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5743 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5745 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5754 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5755 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5756 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5759 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5761 static char wrap_indent[80];
5762 int i, total_width, width, align;
5766 for (i = 1; uiout->query_table_field (i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5768 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5770 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5771 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5772 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5777 total_width += width + 1;
5783 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5784 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5786 "host": Host evals condition.
5787 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5788 "target": Target evals condition.
5792 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5794 struct bp_location *bl;
5795 char host_evals = 0;
5796 char target_evals = 0;
5801 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5804 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5805 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5806 return condition_evaluation_host;
5808 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5810 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5816 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5817 return condition_evaluation_both;
5818 else if (target_evals)
5819 return condition_evaluation_target;
5821 return condition_evaluation_host;
5824 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5825 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5828 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5830 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5833 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5834 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5835 return condition_evaluation_host;
5837 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5838 return condition_evaluation_target;
5840 return condition_evaluation_host;
5843 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5846 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5847 struct bp_location *loc)
5849 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5851 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace;
5853 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5857 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5859 if (b->display_canonical)
5860 uiout->field_string ("what", event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()));
5861 else if (loc && loc->symtab)
5863 const struct symbol *sym = loc->symbol;
5866 sym = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5870 uiout->text ("in ");
5871 uiout->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5873 uiout->wrap_hint (wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5874 uiout->text ("at ");
5876 uiout->field_string ("file",
5877 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc->symtab));
5880 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
5881 uiout->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab));
5883 uiout->field_int ("line", loc->line_number);
5889 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, &stb,
5891 uiout->field_stream ("at", stb);
5895 uiout->field_string ("pending",
5896 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()));
5897 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
5898 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
5899 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
5900 if (!uiout->is_mi_like_p () && b->extra_string != NULL)
5902 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
5906 uiout->text (b->extra_string);
5910 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5911 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5912 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5915 uiout->field_string ("evaluated-by",
5916 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5922 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
5924 struct ep_type_description
5927 const char *description;
5929 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
5931 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
5932 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
5933 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
5934 {bp_single_step, "sw single-step"},
5935 {bp_until, "until"},
5936 {bp_finish, "finish"},
5937 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
5938 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
5939 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
5940 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
5941 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
5942 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
5943 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5944 {bp_exception, "exception"},
5945 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
5946 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
5947 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
5948 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
5949 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
5950 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
5951 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
5952 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
5953 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
5954 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
5955 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
5956 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
5957 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
5958 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
5959 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
5960 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
5961 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
5962 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
5963 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5964 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5967 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
5968 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
5969 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5970 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5973 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
5976 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5977 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5980 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
5981 const char *field_name,
5982 const std::vector<int> &inf_nums,
5985 int is_mi = uiout->is_mi_like_p ();
5987 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5988 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5989 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
5992 ui_out_emit_list list_emitter (uiout, field_name);
5994 for (size_t i = 0; i < inf_nums.size (); i++)
6000 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf_nums[i]);
6001 uiout->field_string (NULL, mi_group);
6006 uiout->text (" inf ");
6010 uiout->text (plongest (inf_nums[i]));
6015 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6018 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6019 struct bp_location *loc,
6021 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6024 struct command_line *l;
6025 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
6027 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6028 int header_of_multiple = 0;
6029 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
6030 struct value_print_options opts;
6032 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6034 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
6035 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6036 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6039 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
6040 header_of_multiple = 1;
6048 if (part_of_multiple)
6051 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
6052 uiout->field_string ("number", formatted);
6057 uiout->field_int ("number", b->number);
6062 if (part_of_multiple)
6063 uiout->field_skip ("type");
6065 uiout->field_string ("type", bptype_string (b->type));
6069 if (part_of_multiple)
6070 uiout->field_skip ("disp");
6072 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6077 if (part_of_multiple)
6078 uiout->field_string ("enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
6080 uiout->field_fmt ("enabled", "%c", bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
6085 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
6087 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6088 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6089 make sure there's just one location. */
6090 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
6091 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
6097 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6098 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6102 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6103 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6104 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6106 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6108 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6109 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6110 is relatively readable). */
6111 if (opts.addressprint)
6112 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
6114 uiout->field_string ("what", w->exp_string);
6119 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6120 case bp_single_step:
6124 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6125 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6127 case bp_exception_resume:
6128 case bp_step_resume:
6129 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6130 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6132 case bp_std_terminate:
6133 case bp_shlib_event:
6134 case bp_thread_event:
6135 case bp_overlay_event:
6136 case bp_longjmp_master:
6137 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6138 case bp_exception_master:
6140 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6141 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6144 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6145 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6146 if (opts.addressprint)
6149 if (header_of_multiple)
6150 uiout->field_string ("addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6151 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
6152 uiout->field_string ("addr", "<PENDING>");
6154 uiout->field_core_addr ("addr",
6155 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
6158 if (!header_of_multiple)
6159 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
6166 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
6168 struct inferior *inf;
6169 std::vector<int> inf_nums;
6174 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6175 inf_nums.push_back (inf->num);
6178 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6179 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6181 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6182 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6183 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6184 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6185 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6186 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6188 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_nums, mi_only);
6191 if (!part_of_multiple)
6193 if (b->thread != -1)
6195 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6196 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6197 uiout->text (" thread ");
6198 uiout->field_int ("thread", b->thread);
6200 else if (b->task != 0)
6202 uiout->text (" task ");
6203 uiout->field_int ("task", b->task);
6209 if (!part_of_multiple)
6210 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6212 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6215 uiout->text ("\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6216 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6218 uiout->field_core_addr ("frame",
6219 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6223 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6226 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6227 uiout->text ("\ttrace only if ");
6229 uiout->text ("\tstop only if ");
6230 uiout->field_string ("cond", b->cond_string);
6232 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6233 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6234 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6235 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6236 == condition_evaluation_target)
6239 uiout->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6240 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6241 uiout->text (" evals)");
6246 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6248 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6249 uiout->text ("\tstop only in thread ");
6250 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
6251 uiout->field_int ("thread", b->thread);
6254 struct thread_info *thr = find_thread_global_id (b->thread);
6256 uiout->field_string ("thread", print_thread_id (thr));
6261 if (!part_of_multiple)
6265 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6266 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6267 uiout->text ("\tcatchpoint");
6268 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6269 uiout->text ("\ttracepoint");
6271 uiout->text ("\tbreakpoint");
6272 uiout->text (" already hit ");
6273 uiout->field_int ("times", b->hit_count);
6274 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6275 uiout->text (" time\n");
6277 uiout->text (" times\n");
6281 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6282 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
6283 uiout->field_int ("times", b->hit_count);
6287 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6290 uiout->text ("\tignore next ");
6291 uiout->field_int ("ignore", b->ignore_count);
6292 uiout->text (" hits\n");
6295 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6296 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6297 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6298 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6301 uiout->text ("\tdisable after ");
6302 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6303 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6304 if (b->ignore_count)
6305 uiout->text ("additional ");
6307 uiout->text ("next ");
6308 uiout->field_int ("enable", b->enable_count);
6309 uiout->text (" hits\n");
6312 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6314 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6316 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6318 uiout->text ("\ttrace buffer usage ");
6319 uiout->field_int ("traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6320 uiout->text (" bytes\n");
6324 l = b->commands ? b->commands.get () : NULL;
6325 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6328 ui_out_emit_tuple tuple_emitter (uiout, "script");
6329 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6332 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6334 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6336 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6338 annotate_field (10);
6339 uiout->text ("\tpass count ");
6340 uiout->field_int ("pass", t->pass_count);
6341 uiout->text (" \n");
6344 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6346 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6348 annotate_field (11);
6350 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
6351 uiout->field_string ("installed",
6352 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6358 uiout->text ("\tnot ");
6359 uiout->text ("installed on target\n");
6364 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p () && !part_of_multiple)
6366 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6368 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6370 uiout->field_string ("original-location", w->exp_string);
6372 else if (b->location != NULL
6373 && event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()) != NULL)
6374 uiout->field_string ("original-location",
6375 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()));
6380 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6381 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6384 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6387 ui_out_emit_tuple tuple_emitter (uiout, "bkpt");
6389 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6392 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6393 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6394 locations, if any. */
6395 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6397 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6398 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6399 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6402 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6403 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6405 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6406 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6408 struct bp_location *loc;
6411 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6413 ui_out_emit_tuple tuple_emitter (uiout, NULL);
6414 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6421 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6423 int print_address_bits = 0;
6424 struct bp_location *loc;
6426 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6427 address to print. */
6428 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b))
6431 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6435 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6436 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6437 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6440 return print_address_bits;
6443 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6446 print_breakpoint (breakpoint *b)
6448 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6449 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6452 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6453 internal or momentary. */
6456 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6458 return b->number > 0;
6461 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6464 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6466 return b->loc == NULL;
6469 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6470 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6471 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6472 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6473 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6474 breakpoints listed. */
6477 breakpoint_1 (const char *args, int allflag,
6478 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6480 struct breakpoint *b;
6481 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6482 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6483 struct value_print_options opts;
6484 int print_address_bits = 0;
6485 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6486 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6488 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6490 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6491 required for address fields. */
6492 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6495 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6496 if (filter && !filter (b))
6499 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6500 accept. Skip the others. */
6501 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6503 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6505 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6509 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6511 int addr_bit, type_len;
6513 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6514 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6515 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6517 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6518 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6519 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6521 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6526 ui_out_emit_table table_emitter (uiout,
6527 opts.addressprint ? 6 : 5,
6528 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6531 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6532 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6533 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6535 uiout->table_header (7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6536 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6538 uiout->table_header (print_type_col_width, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6539 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6541 uiout->table_header (4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6542 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6544 uiout->table_header (3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6545 if (opts.addressprint)
6547 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6549 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6550 uiout->table_header (10, ui_left, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6552 uiout->table_header (18, ui_left, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6554 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6556 uiout->table_header (40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6557 uiout->table_body ();
6558 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6559 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6564 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6565 if (filter && !filter (b))
6568 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6569 accept. Skip the others. */
6571 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6573 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6575 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6578 else /* all others */
6580 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6584 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6586 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6587 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6591 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6593 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6597 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6598 uiout->message ("No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6600 uiout->message ("No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6606 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6607 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6610 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6611 there have been breakpoints? */
6612 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6614 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6617 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6618 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6621 default_collect_info (void)
6623 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6625 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6626 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6628 if (!*default_collect)
6631 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6633 uiout->text ("default collect ");
6634 uiout->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect);
6635 uiout->text (" \n");
6639 info_breakpoints_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
6641 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6643 default_collect_info ();
6647 info_watchpoints_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
6649 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6650 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6652 if (num_printed == 0)
6654 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6655 uiout->message ("No watchpoints.\n");
6657 uiout->message ("No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6662 maintenance_info_breakpoints (const char *args, int from_tty)
6664 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6666 default_collect_info ();
6670 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6671 struct program_space *pspace,
6672 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6674 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6676 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6678 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6679 && bl->address == pc
6680 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6686 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6687 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6691 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6692 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6693 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6696 struct breakpoint *b;
6699 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6700 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6704 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6705 else /* if (others == ???) */
6706 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6708 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6711 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6712 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6713 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6714 else if (b->thread != -1)
6715 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6716 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6717 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6718 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6722 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6724 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6725 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6726 printf_filtered (".\n");
6731 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6732 BPT locations. For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members
6733 are irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to other
6734 addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
6736 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6737 always have a zero valued location address and we don't want to mark
6738 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6739 breakpoint location at address zero:
6747 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6749 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6751 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6754 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6755 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6758 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6759 struct bp_location *loc2)
6761 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6762 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6764 /* Both of them must exist. */
6765 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6766 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6768 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6769 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6770 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6771 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6772 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6773 other watchpoint. */
6775 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6777 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6778 w1->cond_exp.get ()))
6780 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6782 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6783 w2->cond_exp.get ())))
6786 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6787 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6788 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6789 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6790 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6791 become hw_access locations later. */
6792 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6793 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6794 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6795 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6798 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6801 breakpoint_address_match (const address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6802 const address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6804 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6805 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6809 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6810 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6811 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6812 space doesn't really matter. */
6815 breakpoint_address_match_range (const address_space *aspace1,
6817 int len1, const address_space *aspace2,
6820 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6821 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6822 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6825 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6826 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6827 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6828 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6831 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6832 const address_space *aspace,
6835 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6838 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6839 bl->address, bl->length,
6843 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
6844 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
6845 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
6846 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
6847 doesn't really matter. */
6850 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location *bl,
6851 const address_space *aspace,
6852 CORE_ADDR addr, int len)
6854 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6855 || bl->pspace->aspace == aspace)
6857 int bl_len = bl->length != 0 ? bl->length : 1;
6859 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr, len, bl->address, bl_len))
6865 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6866 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6867 true, otherwise returns false. */
6870 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6871 struct bp_location *loc2)
6873 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6874 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6875 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6876 different locations. */
6877 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6882 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6883 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6884 represent the same location. */
6887 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6888 struct bp_location *loc2)
6890 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6892 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6893 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6894 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6896 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6897 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6899 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6902 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6903 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6904 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6906 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6907 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
6908 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
6909 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6913 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
6914 int bnum, int have_bnum)
6916 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6917 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6921 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
6922 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
6924 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6925 bnum, astr1, astr2);
6927 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
6930 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6931 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6932 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6933 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6936 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6937 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
6939 if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
6940 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
6941 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
6942 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
6943 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
6945 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6946 have their addresses modified. */
6949 else if (bptype == bp_single_step)
6951 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
6952 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
6953 applies to this address, then it should have already been
6954 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
6955 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
6956 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
6961 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr = bpaddr;
6963 if (gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
6965 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6966 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6967 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
6970 adjusted_bpaddr = address_significant (gdbarch, adjusted_bpaddr);
6972 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6973 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6975 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
6976 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
6978 return adjusted_bpaddr;
6982 bp_location::bp_location (const bp_location_ops *ops, breakpoint *owner)
6984 bp_location *loc = this;
6986 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6990 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
6991 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
6994 switch (owner->type)
6997 case bp_single_step:
7001 case bp_longjmp_resume:
7002 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
7004 case bp_exception_resume:
7005 case bp_step_resume:
7006 case bp_hp_step_resume:
7007 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7009 case bp_std_terminate:
7010 case bp_shlib_event:
7011 case bp_thread_event:
7012 case bp_overlay_event:
7014 case bp_longjmp_master:
7015 case bp_std_terminate_master:
7016 case bp_exception_master:
7017 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
7018 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
7020 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
7021 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7023 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7024 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
7025 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7027 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7028 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7029 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7030 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
7035 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
7036 case bp_static_tracepoint:
7037 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
7040 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7046 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7048 static struct bp_location *
7049 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7051 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
7055 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
7057 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
7061 /* Increment reference count. */
7064 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
7069 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7070 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7073 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
7075 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
7077 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
7078 free_bp_location (*blp);
7082 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7085 add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> &&b)
7087 struct breakpoint *b1;
7088 struct breakpoint *result = b.get ();
7090 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7091 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7093 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
7095 breakpoint_chain = b.release ();
7100 b1->next = b.release ();
7106 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7109 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
7110 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7112 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7114 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7118 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
7119 b->language = current_language->la_language;
7120 b->input_radix = input_radix;
7121 b->related_breakpoint = b;
7124 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7125 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7127 static struct breakpoint *
7128 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7130 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7132 std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> b = new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype);
7134 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b.get (), gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7135 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b));
7138 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7139 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7143 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
7145 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
7147 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
7148 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
7149 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
7151 const char *function_name;
7153 if (loc->msymbol != NULL
7154 && (MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc->msymbol) == mst_text_gnu_ifunc
7155 || MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc->msymbol) == mst_data_gnu_ifunc)
7158 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7160 function_name = MSYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (loc->msymbol);
7162 if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7163 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7165 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7166 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7167 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7168 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7170 loc->related_address = loc->address;
7174 find_pc_partial_function (loc->address, &function_name, NULL, NULL);
7177 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7181 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7183 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7186 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7188 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal.symtab));
7193 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7194 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7195 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7197 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7198 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7199 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7202 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7203 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7204 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7206 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7208 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7210 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7211 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7213 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7214 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7216 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7217 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7220 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7221 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7222 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7223 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7224 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7225 is also returned as the value of this function.
7227 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7228 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7229 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7230 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7231 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7232 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7233 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7236 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7237 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7238 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7240 std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> b = new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype);
7242 init_raw_breakpoint (b.get (), gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7243 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b));
7246 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7247 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7248 initiated the operation. */
7251 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7253 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7254 int thread = tp->global_num;
7256 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7257 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7258 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7259 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7260 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7261 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7262 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7263 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7265 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7266 struct breakpoint *clone;
7268 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7269 after their removal. */
7270 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7271 &momentary_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7272 clone->thread = thread;
7275 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7278 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7280 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7282 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7284 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7285 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7287 if (b->thread == thread)
7288 delete_breakpoint (b);
7293 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7295 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7297 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7298 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7300 if (b->thread == thread)
7301 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7305 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7306 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7307 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7311 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7313 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7316 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7318 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7320 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7321 &momentary_breakpoint_ops,
7323 new_b->thread = ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7325 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7327 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7330 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7331 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7332 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7333 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7339 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7340 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7343 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7344 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7348 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info *tp)
7350 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7352 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7353 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == tp->global_num)
7355 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7357 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7358 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7359 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7360 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7363 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id, tp->ptid);
7365 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7367 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7368 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7369 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7371 delete_breakpoint (b);
7376 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7378 struct breakpoint *b;
7381 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7383 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7384 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7385 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7390 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7392 struct breakpoint *b;
7395 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7397 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7398 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
7399 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7403 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7404 master breakpoint. */
7406 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7408 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7410 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7411 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7412 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7414 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7415 &momentary_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7419 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7421 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7423 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7425 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7426 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7427 delete_breakpoint (b);
7431 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7433 struct breakpoint *b;
7435 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7436 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7438 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7439 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7440 b->location = new_address_location (b->loc->address, NULL, 0);
7442 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7447 struct lang_and_radix
7453 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7456 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7458 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7459 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7462 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7465 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7467 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7469 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7470 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7471 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7472 delete_breakpoint (b);
7476 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7478 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7480 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7481 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7482 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7483 delete_breakpoint (b);
7486 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7489 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7491 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7493 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7494 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7495 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7496 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7499 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7500 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7501 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7503 static struct breakpoint *
7504 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address,
7505 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
7507 struct breakpoint *b;
7509 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7510 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7511 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode);
7516 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7518 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7521 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7524 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7526 struct breakpoint *b;
7528 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7530 b = create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_INSERT);
7531 if (!b->loc->inserted)
7533 delete_breakpoint (b);
7539 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7540 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7543 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7545 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7547 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7549 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7550 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7552 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7553 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7554 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7555 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7556 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7557 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7558 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7559 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7560 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7561 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7562 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7563 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7566 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7571 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7572 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7573 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7576 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7578 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7579 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7581 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7583 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7584 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7586 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7587 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7588 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7589 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7590 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7591 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7592 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7593 || is_tracepoint (b))
7594 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7596 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7597 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7598 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7599 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7602 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7603 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
7605 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7607 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
7608 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7609 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7612 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7617 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7618 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7619 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7622 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
7624 struct breakpoint *b;
7626 if (objfile == NULL)
7629 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7630 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7631 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7632 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7633 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7634 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7635 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7636 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7637 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7638 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7640 if ((objfile->flags & OBJF_SHARED) == 0
7641 || (objfile->flags & OBJF_USERLOADED) == 0)
7646 struct bp_location *loc;
7647 int bp_modified = 0;
7649 if (!is_breakpoint (b) && !is_tracepoint (b))
7652 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
7654 CORE_ADDR loc_addr = loc->address;
7656 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7657 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7660 if (loc->shlib_disabled != 0)
7663 if (objfile->pspace != loc->pspace)
7666 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7667 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7670 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr, objfile))
7672 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7673 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7674 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7675 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7676 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7679 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7686 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
7690 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7692 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7693 catchpoint. A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points
7694 to CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7696 struct fork_catchpoint : public breakpoint
7698 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7699 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7700 catchpoint has triggered. */
7701 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7704 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7708 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7710 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7713 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7717 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
7719 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7722 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7726 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7727 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7728 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7730 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7732 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7735 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7739 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7742 static enum print_stop_action
7743 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7745 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7746 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7747 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7749 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7750 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
7751 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7752 uiout->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7754 uiout->text ("Catchpoint ");
7755 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
7757 uiout->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7758 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7760 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
7761 uiout->text (" (forked process ");
7762 uiout->field_int ("newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7763 uiout->text ("), ");
7764 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7767 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7771 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7773 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7774 struct value_print_options opts;
7775 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7777 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7779 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7780 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7782 if (opts.addressprint)
7783 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
7785 uiout->text ("fork");
7786 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7788 uiout->text (", process ");
7789 uiout->field_int ("what", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7793 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
7794 uiout->field_string ("catch-type", "fork");
7797 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7801 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7803 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7806 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7810 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7812 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7813 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7816 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7818 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7820 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7824 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7826 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7829 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7833 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
7835 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7838 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7842 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7843 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7844 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7846 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7848 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7851 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7855 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7858 static enum print_stop_action
7859 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7861 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7862 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7863 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7865 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7866 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
7867 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7868 uiout->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7870 uiout->text ("Catchpoint ");
7871 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
7873 uiout->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7874 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7876 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
7877 uiout->text (" (vforked process ");
7878 uiout->field_int ("newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7879 uiout->text ("), ");
7880 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7883 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7887 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7889 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7890 struct value_print_options opts;
7891 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7893 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7894 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7895 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7897 if (opts.addressprint)
7898 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
7900 uiout->text ("vfork");
7901 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7903 uiout->text (", process ");
7904 uiout->field_int ("what", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7908 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
7909 uiout->field_string ("catch-type", "vfork");
7912 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7916 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
7918 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
7921 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7925 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7927 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
7928 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7931 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7933 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
7935 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7936 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7937 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7939 struct solib_catchpoint : public breakpoint
7941 ~solib_catchpoint () override;
7943 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7944 unsigned char is_load;
7946 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7947 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7949 std::unique_ptr<compiled_regex> compiled;
7952 solib_catchpoint::~solib_catchpoint ()
7954 xfree (this->regex);
7958 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7964 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
7970 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
7971 const address_space *aspace,
7973 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7975 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7976 struct breakpoint *other;
7978 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
7981 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
7983 struct bp_location *other_bl;
7985 if (other == bl->owner)
7988 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
7991 if (self->pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->pspace)
7994 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
7996 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
8005 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
8007 struct solib_catchpoint *self
8008 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
8012 struct so_list *iter;
8015 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
8020 || self->compiled->exec (iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8026 for (const std::string &iter : current_program_space->deleted_solibs)
8029 || self->compiled->exec (iter.c_str (), 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8035 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
8038 static enum print_stop_action
8039 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
8041 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8042 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8044 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8045 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
8046 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8047 uiout->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8049 uiout->text ("Catchpoint ");
8050 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
8052 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
8053 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8054 print_solib_event (1);
8055 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8059 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
8061 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8062 struct value_print_options opts;
8063 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8066 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8067 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8068 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8070 if (opts.addressprint)
8073 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
8080 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8082 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8087 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8089 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8091 uiout->field_string ("what", msg);
8094 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
8095 uiout->field_string ("catch-type", self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8099 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8101 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8103 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
8104 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8108 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8110 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8112 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
8113 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
8114 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8116 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
8117 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
8120 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
8122 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8123 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8124 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8125 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8126 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8127 created in an enabled state. */
8130 add_solib_catchpoint (const char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
8132 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8136 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8138 std::unique_ptr<solib_catchpoint> c (new solib_catchpoint ());
8142 c->compiled.reset (new compiled_regex (arg, REG_NOSUB,
8143 _("Invalid regexp")));
8144 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
8147 c->is_load = is_load;
8148 init_catchpoint (c.get (), gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
8149 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
8151 c->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8153 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c), 1);
8156 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8160 catch_load_or_unload (const char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
8161 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8164 const int enabled = 1;
8166 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
8168 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
8172 catch_load_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
8173 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8175 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
8179 catch_unload_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
8180 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8182 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
8185 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8186 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8187 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8188 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8191 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8192 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8193 const char *cond_string,
8194 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8196 symtab_and_line sal;
8197 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8199 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8201 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8202 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8206 install_breakpoint (int internal, std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> &&arg, int update_gll)
8208 breakpoint *b = add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (arg));
8209 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8210 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8211 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8214 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created.notify (b);
8217 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8221 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8222 int tempflag, const char *cond_string,
8223 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8225 std::unique_ptr<fork_catchpoint> c (new fork_catchpoint ());
8227 init_catchpoint (c.get (), gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8229 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8231 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c), 1);
8234 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8236 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8237 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8238 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8240 struct exec_catchpoint : public breakpoint
8242 ~exec_catchpoint () override;
8244 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8245 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8247 char *exec_pathname;
8250 /* Exec catchpoint destructor. */
8252 exec_catchpoint::~exec_catchpoint ()
8254 xfree (this->exec_pathname);
8258 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8260 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8264 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
8266 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8270 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8271 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8272 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8274 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8276 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8279 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8283 static enum print_stop_action
8284 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8286 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8287 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8288 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8290 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8291 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
8292 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8293 uiout->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8295 uiout->text ("Catchpoint ");
8296 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
8298 uiout->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8299 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8301 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
8302 uiout->text (" (exec'd ");
8303 uiout->field_string ("new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8304 uiout->text ("), ");
8306 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8310 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8312 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8313 struct value_print_options opts;
8314 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8316 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8318 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8319 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8320 is relatively readable). */
8321 if (opts.addressprint)
8322 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
8324 uiout->text ("exec");
8325 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8327 uiout->text (", program \"");
8328 uiout->field_string ("what", c->exec_pathname);
8329 uiout->text ("\" ");
8332 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
8333 uiout->field_string ("catch-type", "exec");
8337 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8339 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8342 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8346 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8348 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8349 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8352 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8355 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8358 struct breakpoint *b;
8359 struct bp_location *bl;
8363 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8364 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8366 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8368 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8375 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8379 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8382 struct bp_location *bl;
8384 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8387 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8389 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8391 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8397 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8398 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8399 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8400 types _not_ TYPE. */
8403 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8404 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8407 struct breakpoint *b;
8409 *other_type_used = 0;
8414 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8417 if (b->type == type)
8418 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8419 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8420 *other_type_used = 1;
8427 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8429 struct breakpoint *b;
8433 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8435 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8436 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
8442 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8444 struct breakpoint *b;
8448 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8450 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8451 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8457 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8459 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8460 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
8464 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8466 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8467 breakpoint_re_set ();
8470 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8473 static struct breakpoint *
8474 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread, struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
8476 std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> b (new breakpoint ());
8478 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b.get (), gdbarch, bp_single_step,
8479 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8481 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8482 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
8485 gdb_assert (b->thread != 0);
8487 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b));
8490 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8491 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8495 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8496 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8498 struct breakpoint *b;
8500 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8502 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
8504 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8505 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8506 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8507 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8509 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8510 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8512 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
8513 b->thread = ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
8515 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8517 return breakpoint_up (b);
8520 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8521 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8522 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8524 static struct breakpoint *
8525 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8527 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
8530 struct breakpoint *copy;
8532 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8533 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8534 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8536 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8537 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8538 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8539 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8540 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8541 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8542 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8543 copy->loc->symtab = orig->loc->symtab;
8544 copy->loc->enabled = loc_enabled;
8545 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8546 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8547 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8549 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8550 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8551 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8553 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
8557 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8561 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8563 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8567 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops, 0);
8571 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8574 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8576 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8578 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8579 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8581 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8585 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8588 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
8590 b->ops->print_mention (b);
8591 current_uiout->text ("\n");
8595 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc);
8597 static struct bp_location *
8598 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8599 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8601 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
8602 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
8603 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8605 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
8606 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
8608 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8609 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8610 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8611 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8612 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8613 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8614 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
8617 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8618 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
8619 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL && (*tmp)->address <= adjusted_address;
8620 tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
8625 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
8626 loc->address = adjusted_address;
8627 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
8628 loc->probe.prob = sal->prob;
8629 loc->probe.objfile = sal->objfile;
8630 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
8631 loc->section = sal->section;
8632 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
8633 loc->line_number = sal->line;
8634 loc->symtab = sal->symtab;
8635 loc->symbol = sal->symbol;
8636 loc->msymbol = sal->msymbol;
8637 loc->objfile = sal->objfile;
8639 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
8640 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
8642 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
8643 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
8644 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
8645 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
8646 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
8647 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
8648 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
8649 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
8650 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
8651 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
8652 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
8653 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
8655 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
8662 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8665 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
8669 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
8670 gdb_byte *target_mem;
8673 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &addr, &len);
8675 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8679 target_mem = (gdb_byte *) alloca (len);
8681 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8682 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8683 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8684 scoped_restore restore_memory
8685 = make_scoped_restore_show_memory_breakpoints (0);
8687 if (target_read_memory (address, target_mem, len) == 0
8688 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
8694 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8695 return 0 otherwise. */
8698 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
8700 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
8702 /* If we have a catchpoint or a watchpoint, just return 0. We should not
8703 attempt to read from the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types
8704 point to. program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
8706 if (!breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc->owner))
8709 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
8710 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
8711 return program_breakpoint_here_p (loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
8714 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8715 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8718 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
8720 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
8721 char *printf_line = NULL;
8726 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8728 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8730 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
8732 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8734 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
8735 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8737 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
8738 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8739 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
8741 if (!dprintf_function)
8742 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8744 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
8745 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8750 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8754 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
8756 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8757 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
8760 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8761 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8765 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8766 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8768 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
8770 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
8771 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line
8772 = new struct command_line (simple_control, printf_line);
8773 breakpoint_set_commands (b, counted_command_line (printf_cmd_line,
8774 command_lines_deleter ()));
8777 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8778 current style settings. */
8781 update_dprintf_commands (const char *args, int from_tty,
8782 struct cmd_list_element *c)
8784 struct breakpoint *b;
8788 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
8789 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8793 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
8794 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
8795 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
8796 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
8799 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8800 gdb::array_view<const symtab_and_line> sals,
8801 event_location_up &&location,
8802 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> filter,
8803 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
8804 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
8805 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8806 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8807 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8808 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
8809 int display_canonical)
8813 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
8815 int target_resources_ok;
8817 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8818 target_resources_ok =
8819 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8821 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
8822 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8823 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
8824 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8827 gdb_assert (!sals.empty ());
8829 for (const auto &sal : sals)
8831 struct bp_location *loc;
8835 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
8837 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
8839 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
8840 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
8843 if (&sal == &sals[0])
8845 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
8849 b->cond_string = cond_string.release ();
8850 b->extra_string = extra_string.release ();
8851 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
8852 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8853 b->disposition = disposition;
8855 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
8856 b->loc->inserted = 1;
8858 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
8860 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
8861 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
8863 if (strace_marker_p (b))
8865 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
8866 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
8868 = &event_location_to_string (b->location.get ())[3];
8871 p = skip_spaces (p);
8873 endp = skip_to_space (p);
8875 t->static_trace_marker_id.assign (p, endp - p);
8877 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8879 t->static_trace_marker_id.c_str ());
8881 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
8883 t->static_trace_marker_id = std::move (marker.str_id);
8885 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8887 t->static_trace_marker_id.c_str ());
8890 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
8891 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
8898 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
8899 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
8905 const char *arg = b->cond_string;
8907 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
8908 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
8910 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
8913 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
8914 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
8915 if (type == bp_dprintf)
8917 if (b->extra_string)
8918 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8920 error (_("Format string required"));
8922 else if (b->extra_string)
8923 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
8926 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
8927 if (location != NULL)
8928 b->location = std::move (location);
8930 b->location = new_address_location (b->loc->address, NULL, 0);
8931 b->filter = filter.release ();
8935 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8936 gdb::array_view<const symtab_and_line> sals,
8937 event_location_up &&location,
8938 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> filter,
8939 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
8940 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
8941 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8942 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8943 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8944 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
8945 int display_canonical)
8947 std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> b = new_breakpoint_from_type (type);
8949 init_breakpoint_sal (b.get (), gdbarch,
8950 sals, std::move (location),
8952 std::move (cond_string),
8953 std::move (extra_string),
8955 thread, task, ignore_count,
8957 enabled, internal, flags,
8960 install_breakpoint (internal, std::move (b), 0);
8963 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
8964 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
8965 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
8966 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
8967 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
8968 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
8969 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
8970 we take just a single condition string.
8972 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
8973 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
8974 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
8975 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
8976 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
8979 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8980 struct linespec_result *canonical,
8981 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
8982 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
8983 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8984 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8985 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8986 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
8988 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
8989 gdb_assert (canonical->lsals.size () == 1);
8991 for (const auto &lsal : canonical->lsals)
8993 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
8994 'break', without arguments. */
8995 event_location_up location
8996 = (canonical->location != NULL
8997 ? copy_event_location (canonical->location.get ()) : NULL);
8998 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> filter_string
8999 (lsal.canonical != NULL ? xstrdup (lsal.canonical) : NULL);
9001 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal.sals,
9002 std::move (location),
9003 std::move (filter_string),
9004 std::move (cond_string),
9005 std::move (extra_string),
9007 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9008 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9009 canonical->special_display);
9013 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9014 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9015 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
9016 linespec locations).
9018 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9019 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9022 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location *location,
9023 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9025 struct symtab_and_line cursal;
9027 if (event_location_type (location) == LINESPEC_LOCATION)
9029 const char *spec = get_linespec_location (location)->spec_string;
9033 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
9034 breakpoint address. */
9035 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9037 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9038 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9039 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9040 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9041 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9042 symtab_and_line sal = get_last_displayed_sal ();
9043 CORE_ADDR pc = sal.pc;
9045 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9047 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9048 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9049 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9050 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9051 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9053 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9055 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9057 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9059 canonical->lsals.push_back (std::move (lsal));
9063 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9067 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9068 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9069 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9070 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9072 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9073 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9074 cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9075 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9077 const char *spec = NULL;
9079 if (event_location_type (location) == LINESPEC_LOCATION)
9080 spec = get_linespec_location (location)->spec_string;
9084 && strchr ("+-", spec[0]) != NULL
9087 decode_line_full (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
9088 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9089 get_last_displayed_line (),
9090 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9095 decode_line_full (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
9096 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9100 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9101 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9104 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (std::vector<symtab_and_line> &sals)
9106 for (auto &sal : sals)
9107 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
9110 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9111 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9112 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9113 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9114 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9118 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9119 gdb::array_view<const symtab_and_line> sals)
9121 for (const auto &sal : sals)
9123 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9125 sarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9126 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9127 associated with SAL. */
9131 if (!gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal.pc, &msg))
9132 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
9133 paddress (sarch, sal.pc), msg.c_str ());
9137 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9138 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9139 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9140 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9141 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9142 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9145 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9146 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9149 *cond_string = NULL;
9156 const char *end_tok;
9158 const char *cond_start = NULL;
9159 const char *cond_end = NULL;
9161 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
9163 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9165 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9169 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
9171 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9173 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9175 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9176 parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9178 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9180 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9183 struct thread_info *thr;
9186 thr = parse_thread_id (tok, &tmptok);
9188 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9189 *thread = thr->global_num;
9192 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9197 *task = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9199 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9200 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9201 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9206 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9210 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9214 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9216 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
9217 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p)
9219 const char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9222 p = skip_spaces (p);
9224 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9226 std::string marker_str (p, endp - p);
9228 std::vector<static_tracepoint_marker> markers
9229 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str.c_str ());
9230 if (markers.empty ())
9231 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"),
9232 marker_str.c_str ());
9234 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals;
9235 sals.reserve (markers.size ());
9237 for (const static_tracepoint_marker &marker : markers)
9239 symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (marker.address, 0);
9240 sal.pc = marker.address;
9241 sals.push_back (sal);
9248 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9251 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9252 const struct event_location *location,
9253 const char *cond_string,
9254 int thread, const char *extra_string,
9256 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9258 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9259 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9260 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9263 struct linespec_result canonical;
9264 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9267 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9269 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9271 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9272 if (extra_string != NULL && *extra_string == '\0')
9273 extra_string = NULL;
9277 ops->create_sals_from_location (location, &canonical, type_wanted);
9279 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
9281 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9283 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
9285 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9288 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9289 throw_exception (e);
9291 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9293 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9294 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9295 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9296 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9297 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9300 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9301 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9302 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9303 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9307 throw_exception (e);
9311 if (!pending && canonical.lsals.empty ())
9314 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9315 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9316 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9317 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9318 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9320 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9321 are ok for the target. */
9324 for (auto &lsal : canonical.lsals)
9325 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (lsal.sals);
9328 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9329 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9331 for (const auto &lsal : canonical.lsals)
9332 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, lsal.sals);
9335 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9336 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9340 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string_copy;
9341 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string_copy;
9348 const linespec_sals &lsal = canonical.lsals[0];
9350 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9351 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9352 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9353 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9355 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string, lsal.sals[0].pc,
9356 &cond, &thread, &task, &rest);
9357 cond_string_copy.reset (cond);
9358 extra_string_copy.reset (rest);
9362 if (type_wanted != bp_dprintf
9363 && extra_string != NULL && *extra_string != '\0')
9364 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string);
9366 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9368 cond_string_copy.reset (xstrdup (cond_string));
9369 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9371 extra_string_copy.reset (xstrdup (extra_string));
9374 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical,
9375 std::move (cond_string_copy),
9376 std::move (extra_string_copy),
9378 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9379 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9380 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9384 std::unique_ptr <breakpoint> b = new_breakpoint_from_type (type_wanted);
9386 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b.get (), gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9387 b->location = copy_event_location (location);
9390 b->cond_string = NULL;
9393 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9394 b->cond_string = cond_string != NULL ? xstrdup (cond_string) : NULL;
9398 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9399 b->extra_string = extra_string != NULL ? xstrdup (extra_string) : NULL;
9400 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9401 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9402 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9403 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9404 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9405 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9406 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9408 install_breakpoint (internal, std::move (b), 0);
9411 if (canonical.lsals.size () > 1)
9413 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9414 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9415 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9418 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9420 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
9422 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9423 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
9428 /* Set a breakpoint.
9429 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9430 condition, and thread.
9431 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9432 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9436 break_command_1 (const char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9438 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9439 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9440 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9442 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9444 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
9446 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9447 if (location != NULL
9448 && event_location_type (location.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION)
9449 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
9451 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
9453 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9455 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
9456 tempflag, type_wanted,
9457 0 /* Ignore count */,
9458 pending_break_support,
9466 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9469 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9473 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9475 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
9476 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9477 sal->line, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal->symtab));
9480 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9481 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9482 if (sal->explicit_line)
9483 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
9486 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9488 const struct blockvector *bv;
9489 const struct block *b;
9492 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b,
9493 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal->symtab));
9496 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
9499 fixup_symbol_section (sym, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal->symtab));
9500 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal->symtab),
9505 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9506 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9507 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9508 happen in assembly source). */
9510 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
9511 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
9513 bound_minimal_symbol msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
9515 sal->section = MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym.objfile, msym.minsym);
9522 break_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9524 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9528 tbreak_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9530 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
9534 hbreak_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9536 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
9540 thbreak_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9542 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
9546 stop_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9548 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9549 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9550 stop at <line>\n"));
9554 stopin_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9558 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
9560 else if (*arg != '*')
9562 const char *argptr = arg;
9565 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9566 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9567 function/method name. */
9568 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9570 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9575 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9577 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
9581 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9583 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9587 stopat_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9591 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
9595 const char *argptr = arg;
9598 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9599 it is probably a line number. */
9600 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9602 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9607 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
9609 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
9613 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9615 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9618 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9619 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9620 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9624 dprintf_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9626 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
9628 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
9629 the next character must be ','. */
9632 if (arg[0] != ',' || arg[1] == '\0')
9633 error (_("Format string required"));
9636 /* Skip the comma. */
9641 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9643 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
9645 0 /* Ignore count */,
9646 pending_break_support,
9647 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
9655 agent_printf_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9657 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9660 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9661 ranged breakpoints. */
9664 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
9665 const address_space *aspace,
9667 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
9669 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9670 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
9673 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
9674 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
9677 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9678 ranged breakpoints. */
9681 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9683 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9686 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9687 ranged breakpoints. */
9689 static enum print_stop_action
9690 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
9692 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9693 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9694 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9696 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9698 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9699 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9701 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
9703 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
9705 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
9706 uiout->text ("Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
9708 uiout->text ("Ranged breakpoint ");
9709 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
9711 uiout->field_string ("reason",
9712 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9713 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9715 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
9718 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
9721 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9722 ranged breakpoints. */
9725 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9726 struct bp_location **last_loc)
9728 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9729 struct value_print_options opts;
9730 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9732 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9733 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9735 get_user_print_options (&opts);
9737 if (opts.addressprint)
9738 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9739 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9740 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
9742 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
9746 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9747 ranged breakpoints. */
9750 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
9751 struct ui_out *uiout)
9753 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
9754 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9759 address_start = bl->address;
9760 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
9762 uiout->text ("\taddress range: ");
9763 stb.printf ("[%s, %s]",
9764 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
9765 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
9766 uiout->field_stream ("addr", stb);
9770 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9771 ranged breakpoints. */
9774 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9776 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9777 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9780 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9782 uiout->message (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9783 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
9784 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
9787 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9788 ranged breakpoints. */
9791 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
9793 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s",
9794 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()),
9795 event_location_to_string (b->location_range_end.get ()));
9796 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9799 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9801 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
9803 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9804 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9805 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9806 last instruction of the given line. */
9809 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
9813 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
9814 find the address of the end of the given location. */
9815 if (sal.explicit_pc)
9822 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
9824 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9826 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
9833 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
9836 break_range_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9838 const char *arg_start;
9839 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
9840 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
9842 struct breakpoint *b;
9844 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
9845 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
9846 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
9848 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9849 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9850 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9853 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9855 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9856 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
9857 error(_("No address range specified."));
9860 event_location_up start_location = string_to_event_location (&arg,
9862 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location.get (), &canonical_start);
9865 error (_("Too few arguments."));
9866 else if (canonical_start.lsals.empty ())
9867 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
9869 const linespec_sals &lsal_start = canonical_start.lsals[0];
9871 if (canonical_start.lsals.size () > 1
9872 || lsal_start.sals.size () != 1)
9873 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9875 const symtab_and_line &sal_start = lsal_start.sals[0];
9876 std::string addr_string_start (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
9878 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
9879 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9881 /* Parse the end location. */
9885 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
9886 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
9887 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
9888 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
9889 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
9890 event_location_up end_location = string_to_event_location (&arg,
9892 decode_line_full (end_location.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
9893 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
9894 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
9896 if (canonical_end.lsals.empty ())
9897 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9899 const linespec_sals &lsal_end = canonical_end.lsals[0];
9900 if (canonical_end.lsals.size () > 1
9901 || lsal_end.sals.size () != 1)
9902 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9904 const symtab_and_line &sal_end = lsal_end.sals[0];
9906 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
9907 if (sal_start.pc > end)
9908 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
9910 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
9912 /* Length overflowed. */
9913 error (_("Address range too large."));
9914 else if (length == 1)
9916 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
9917 the `hbreak' command. */
9918 hbreak_command (&addr_string_start[0], 1);
9923 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9924 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
9925 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
9926 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
9927 b->number = breakpoint_count;
9928 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9929 b->location = std::move (start_location);
9930 b->location_range_end = std::move (end_location);
9931 b->loc->length = length;
9934 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created.notify (b);
9935 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
9938 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
9939 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
9940 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
9944 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
9952 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
9953 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
9956 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
9966 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
9967 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
9968 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
9969 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
9970 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
9972 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
9998 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10001 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10002 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10007 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10008 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10009 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10010 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10011 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10012 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10013 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10015 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10016 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10021 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10023 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10024 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10025 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10026 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10028 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10029 are always constant. */
10031 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10033 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10034 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10035 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10040 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10041 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10042 then it is not a constant. */
10051 /* Watchpoint destructor. */
10053 watchpoint::~watchpoint ()
10055 xfree (this->exp_string);
10056 xfree (this->exp_string_reparse);
10059 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10062 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10064 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10066 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10067 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10069 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10070 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10071 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10072 are loaded and unloaded.
10074 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10075 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10076 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10077 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10078 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10079 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10081 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10082 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10083 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10084 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10086 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10087 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10089 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10090 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10091 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10094 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10097 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10099 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10100 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10102 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10103 w->cond_exp.get ());
10106 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10109 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
10111 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10112 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10114 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10115 w->cond_exp.get ());
10119 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10120 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10121 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10123 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10124 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10126 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10127 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10128 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10129 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10130 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10131 (did not match the data address). */
10132 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10133 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10140 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10142 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10144 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10147 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10148 hardware watchpoints. */
10151 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10153 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10154 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10156 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10159 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10160 hardware watchpoints. */
10163 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10165 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10166 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10169 static enum print_stop_action
10170 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10172 struct breakpoint *b;
10173 enum print_stop_action result;
10174 struct watchpoint *w;
10175 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10177 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10179 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10180 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10182 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10183 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
10187 gdb::optional<ui_out_emit_tuple> tuple_emitter;
10190 case bp_watchpoint:
10191 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10192 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10193 uiout->field_string
10194 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10196 tuple_emitter.emplace (uiout, "value");
10197 uiout->text ("\nOld value = ");
10198 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val.get (), &stb);
10199 uiout->field_stream ("old", stb);
10200 uiout->text ("\nNew value = ");
10201 watchpoint_value_print (w->val.get (), &stb);
10202 uiout->field_stream ("new", stb);
10203 uiout->text ("\n");
10204 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10205 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10208 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10209 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10210 uiout->field_string
10211 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10213 tuple_emitter.emplace (uiout, "value");
10214 uiout->text ("\nValue = ");
10215 watchpoint_value_print (w->val.get (), &stb);
10216 uiout->field_stream ("value", stb);
10217 uiout->text ("\n");
10218 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10221 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10222 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10224 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10225 uiout->field_string
10227 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10229 tuple_emitter.emplace (uiout, "value");
10230 uiout->text ("\nOld value = ");
10231 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val.get (), &stb);
10232 uiout->field_stream ("old", stb);
10233 uiout->text ("\nNew value = ");
10238 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10239 uiout->field_string
10241 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10242 tuple_emitter.emplace (uiout, "value");
10243 uiout->text ("\nValue = ");
10245 watchpoint_value_print (w->val.get (), &stb);
10246 uiout->field_stream ("new", stb);
10247 uiout->text ("\n");
10248 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10251 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10257 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10261 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10263 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10264 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10265 const char *tuple_name;
10269 case bp_watchpoint:
10270 uiout->text ("Watchpoint ");
10271 tuple_name = "wpt";
10273 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10274 uiout->text ("Hardware watchpoint ");
10275 tuple_name = "wpt";
10277 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10278 uiout->text ("Hardware read watchpoint ");
10279 tuple_name = "hw-rwpt";
10281 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10282 uiout->text ("Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10283 tuple_name = "hw-awpt";
10286 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10287 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10290 ui_out_emit_tuple tuple_emitter (uiout, tuple_name);
10291 uiout->field_int ("number", b->number);
10292 uiout->text (": ");
10293 uiout->field_string ("exp", w->exp_string);
10296 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10300 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10302 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10306 case bp_watchpoint:
10307 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10308 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10310 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10311 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10313 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10314 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10317 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10318 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10321 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10322 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10325 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10329 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
10331 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10332 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10333 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10339 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10341 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10343 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10344 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10347 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10349 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10351 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10352 bl->watchpoint_type);
10355 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10356 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10359 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
10361 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10363 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10364 bl->watchpoint_type);
10367 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10368 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10371 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10373 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10375 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10378 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10379 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10382 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10387 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10388 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10390 static enum print_stop_action
10391 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10393 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10394 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10396 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10397 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10399 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10400 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
10404 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10405 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10406 uiout->field_string
10407 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10410 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10411 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10412 uiout->field_string
10413 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10416 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10417 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10418 uiout->field_string
10420 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10423 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10424 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10428 uiout->text (_("\n\
10429 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10430 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10431 uiout->text ("\n");
10433 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10434 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10437 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10438 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10441 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10442 struct ui_out *uiout)
10444 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10446 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10447 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10449 uiout->text ("\tmask ");
10450 uiout->field_core_addr ("mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
10451 uiout->text ("\n");
10454 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10455 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10458 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10460 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10461 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10462 const char *tuple_name;
10466 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10467 uiout->text ("Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10468 tuple_name = "wpt";
10470 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10471 uiout->text ("Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10472 tuple_name = "hw-rwpt";
10474 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10475 uiout->text ("Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10476 tuple_name = "hw-awpt";
10479 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10480 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10483 ui_out_emit_tuple tuple_emitter (uiout, tuple_name);
10484 uiout->field_int ("number", b->number);
10485 uiout->text (": ");
10486 uiout->field_string ("exp", w->exp_string);
10489 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10490 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10493 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10495 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10500 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10501 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10503 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10504 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10506 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10507 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10510 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10511 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10514 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
10515 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
10516 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10519 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10521 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10523 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10526 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10528 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10531 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10532 hw_read: watch read,
10533 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10535 watch_command_1 (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
10536 int just_location, int internal)
10538 struct breakpoint *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
10539 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
10540 struct value *mark, *result;
10541 int saved_bitpos = 0, saved_bitsize = 0;
10542 const char *exp_start = NULL;
10543 const char *exp_end = NULL;
10544 const char *tok, *end_tok;
10546 const char *cond_start = NULL;
10547 const char *cond_end = NULL;
10548 enum bptype bp_type;
10551 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10552 the hardware watchpoint. */
10554 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
10556 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10557 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
10559 const char *value_start;
10561 exp_end = arg + strlen (arg);
10563 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10564 of the arguments string. */
10565 for (tok = exp_end - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
10567 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10568 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10571 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10572 This is the value of the parameter. */
10573 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10575 value_start = tok + 1;
10577 /* Skip whitespace. */
10578 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10583 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10584 This is the parameter itself. */
10585 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10588 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
10590 if (toklen == 6 && startswith (tok, "thread"))
10592 struct thread_info *thr;
10593 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10594 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10595 only in a specific thread. */
10599 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10601 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10602 thr = parse_thread_id (value_start, &endp);
10604 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
10605 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
10606 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start);
10608 thread = thr->global_num;
10610 else if (toklen == 4 && startswith (tok, "mask"))
10612 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10613 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10615 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
10618 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10620 use_mask = just_location = 1;
10622 mark = value_mark ();
10623 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
10624 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
10625 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10628 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10631 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10632 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10639 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10640 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10642 innermost_block.reset ();
10643 std::string expression (arg, exp_end - arg);
10644 exp_start = arg = expression.c_str ();
10645 expression_up exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
10647 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10648 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10650 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
10653 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10654 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp.get ()))
10658 len = exp_end - exp_start;
10659 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
10661 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
10664 exp_valid_block = innermost_block.block ();
10665 mark = value_mark ();
10666 struct value *val_as_value = nullptr;
10667 fetch_subexp_value (exp.get (), &pc, &val_as_value, &result, NULL,
10670 if (val_as_value != NULL && just_location)
10672 saved_bitpos = value_bitpos (val_as_value);
10673 saved_bitsize = value_bitsize (val_as_value);
10681 exp_valid_block = NULL;
10682 val = release_value (value_addr (result));
10683 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10687 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val.get ()),
10690 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10691 else if (ret == -2)
10692 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10695 else if (val_as_value != NULL)
10696 val = release_value (val_as_value);
10698 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
10699 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
10701 toklen = end_tok - tok;
10702 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
10704 innermost_block.reset ();
10705 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
10706 parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
10708 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10709 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10710 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block.block ();
10715 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10717 frame_info *wp_frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
10719 /* Save this because create_internal_breakpoint below invalidates
10721 frame_id watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (wp_frame);
10723 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10724 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10725 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10726 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10727 if (exp_valid_block != NULL && wp_frame != NULL)
10729 frame_id caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (wp_frame);
10731 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
10733 gdbarch *caller_arch = frame_unwind_caller_arch (wp_frame);
10734 CORE_ADDR caller_pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (wp_frame);
10737 = create_internal_breakpoint (caller_arch, caller_pc,
10738 bp_watchpoint_scope,
10739 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
10741 /* create_internal_breakpoint could invalidate WP_FRAME. */
10744 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
10746 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10747 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
10749 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10750 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = caller_frame_id;
10752 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10753 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch = caller_arch;
10754 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address = caller_pc;
10755 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
10756 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
10757 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
10758 scope_breakpoint->type);
10762 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
10763 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
10764 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
10765 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
10767 if (accessflag == hw_read)
10768 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
10769 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
10770 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
10772 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10774 std::unique_ptr<watchpoint> w (new watchpoint ());
10777 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w.get (), NULL, bp_type,
10778 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
10780 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w.get (), NULL, bp_type,
10781 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
10782 w->thread = thread;
10783 w->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10784 w->pspace = current_program_space;
10785 w->exp = std::move (exp);
10786 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
10787 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
10790 struct type *t = value_type (val.get ());
10791 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val.get ());
10793 w->exp_string_reparse
10794 = current_language->la_watch_location_expression (t, addr).release ();
10796 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10797 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
10800 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
10804 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
10809 w->val_bitpos = saved_bitpos;
10810 w->val_bitsize = saved_bitsize;
10815 w->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
10817 w->cond_string = 0;
10819 if (frame_id_p (watchpoint_frame))
10821 w->watchpoint_frame = watchpoint_frame;
10822 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
10826 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
10827 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
10830 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
10832 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
10833 need to act on them together. */
10834 w->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
10835 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = w.get ();
10838 if (!just_location)
10839 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10841 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
10842 that should be inserted. */
10843 update_watchpoint (w.get (), 1);
10845 install_breakpoint (internal, std::move (w), 1);
10848 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
10849 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
10852 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (const std::vector<value_ref_ptr> &vals)
10854 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
10856 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
10857 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
10860 gdb_assert (!vals.empty ());
10861 struct value *head = vals[0].get ();
10863 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
10864 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
10865 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
10866 hardware watchpoint.
10868 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
10869 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
10870 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
10871 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
10872 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
10873 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
10874 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
10875 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
10876 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
10878 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
10879 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
10880 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
10881 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
10882 for (const value_ref_ptr &iter : vals)
10884 struct value *v = iter.get ();
10886 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
10888 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
10889 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
10890 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
10891 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
10892 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
10893 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
10897 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
10898 it with hardware watchpoints. */
10899 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
10901 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
10902 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
10903 middle of some value chain. */
10905 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
10906 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
10908 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
10912 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
10913 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
10914 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
10916 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
10920 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
10924 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
10925 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
10926 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
10927 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
10928 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
10931 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
10932 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
10933 return found_memory_cnt;
10937 watch_command_wrapper (const char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
10939 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
10942 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
10943 calls watch_command_1. */
10946 watch_maybe_just_location (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
10948 int just_location = 0;
10951 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
10952 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
10954 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10958 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
10962 watch_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
10964 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
10968 rwatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
10970 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
10974 rwatch_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
10976 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
10980 awatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
10982 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
10986 awatch_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
10988 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
10992 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
10993 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
10996 struct until_break_fsm
10998 /* The base class. */
10999 struct thread_fsm thread_fsm;
11001 /* The thread that as current when the command was executed. */
11004 /* The breakpoint set at the destination location. */
11005 struct breakpoint *location_breakpoint;
11007 /* Breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame. May be
11009 struct breakpoint *caller_breakpoint;
11012 static void until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm *self,
11013 struct thread_info *thread);
11014 static int until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm *self,
11015 struct thread_info *thread);
11016 static enum async_reply_reason
11017 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm *self);
11019 /* until_break_fsm's vtable. */
11021 static struct thread_fsm_ops until_break_fsm_ops =
11024 until_break_fsm_clean_up,
11025 until_break_fsm_should_stop,
11026 NULL, /* return_value */
11027 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason,
11030 /* Allocate a new until_break_command_fsm. */
11032 static struct until_break_fsm *
11033 new_until_break_fsm (struct interp *cmd_interp, int thread,
11034 breakpoint_up &&location_breakpoint,
11035 breakpoint_up &&caller_breakpoint)
11037 struct until_break_fsm *sm;
11039 sm = XCNEW (struct until_break_fsm);
11040 thread_fsm_ctor (&sm->thread_fsm, &until_break_fsm_ops, cmd_interp);
11042 sm->thread = thread;
11043 sm->location_breakpoint = location_breakpoint.release ();
11044 sm->caller_breakpoint = caller_breakpoint.release ();
11049 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
11050 until(location)/advance commands. */
11053 until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm *self,
11054 struct thread_info *tp)
11056 struct until_break_fsm *sm = (struct until_break_fsm *) self;
11058 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp->control.stop_bpstat,
11059 sm->location_breakpoint) != NULL
11060 || (sm->caller_breakpoint != NULL
11061 && bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp->control.stop_bpstat,
11062 sm->caller_breakpoint) != NULL))
11063 thread_fsm_set_finished (self);
11068 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
11069 until(location)/advance commands. */
11072 until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm *self,
11073 struct thread_info *thread)
11075 struct until_break_fsm *sm = (struct until_break_fsm *) self;
11077 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
11078 if (sm->location_breakpoint != NULL)
11080 delete_breakpoint (sm->location_breakpoint);
11081 sm->location_breakpoint = NULL;
11083 if (sm->caller_breakpoint != NULL)
11085 delete_breakpoint (sm->caller_breakpoint);
11086 sm->caller_breakpoint = NULL;
11088 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (sm->thread);
11091 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
11092 until(location)/advance commands. */
11094 static enum async_reply_reason
11095 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm *self)
11097 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED;
11101 until_break_command (const char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11103 struct frame_info *frame;
11104 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11105 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11106 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11107 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11109 struct thread_info *tp;
11110 struct until_break_fsm *sm;
11112 clear_proceed_status (0);
11114 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11117 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
11119 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals
11120 = (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
11121 ? decode_line_1 (location.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
11122 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11123 get_last_displayed_line ())
11124 : decode_line_1 (location.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11125 NULL, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0));
11127 if (sals.size () != 1)
11128 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11130 symtab_and_line &sal = sals[0];
11133 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11135 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11137 tp = inferior_thread ();
11138 thread = tp->global_num;
11140 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11142 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11143 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11144 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11147 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11148 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11149 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11150 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11152 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11155 breakpoint_up caller_breakpoint;
11156 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11158 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11159 struct gdbarch *caller_gdbarch;
11161 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11162 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11163 caller_gdbarch = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11164 caller_breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch,
11169 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11170 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11173 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11176 breakpoint_up location_breakpoint;
11178 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11179 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11180 location_breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11181 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11183 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11184 only at the very same frame. */
11185 location_breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11186 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11188 sm = new_until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp->global_num,
11189 std::move (location_breakpoint),
11190 std::move (caller_breakpoint));
11191 tp->thread_fsm = &sm->thread_fsm;
11193 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11195 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT);
11198 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11199 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11201 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11202 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11203 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11204 if clause in the arg string. */
11207 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (const char **arg)
11209 const char *cond_string;
11211 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11214 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11217 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11218 condition string. */
11219 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11220 cond_string = *arg;
11222 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11224 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11226 return cond_string;
11229 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11230 process start/exit, etc. */
11234 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11235 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11240 catch_fork_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
11241 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11243 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11244 const char *cond_string = NULL;
11245 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11248 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11249 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11250 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11254 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11256 /* The allowed syntax is:
11258 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11260 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11261 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11263 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11264 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11266 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11267 and enable reporting of such events. */
11270 case catch_fork_temporary:
11271 case catch_fork_permanent:
11272 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11273 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11275 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11276 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11277 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11278 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11281 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11287 catch_exec_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
11288 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11290 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11292 const char *cond_string = NULL;
11294 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11298 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11300 /* The allowed syntax is:
11302 catch exec if <cond>
11304 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11305 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11307 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11308 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11310 std::unique_ptr<exec_catchpoint> c (new exec_catchpoint ());
11311 init_catchpoint (c.get (), gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11312 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11313 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11315 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c), 1);
11319 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11320 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11321 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11322 const char *addr_string,
11323 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11330 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11332 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11334 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11335 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11336 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11337 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11338 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11339 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11340 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11341 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11342 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11343 enough for now, though. */
11346 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11348 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
11349 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11350 b->location = string_to_event_location (&addr_string,
11351 language_def (language_ada));
11352 b->language = language_ada;
11356 catch_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
11358 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11363 tcatch_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
11365 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11368 /* Compare two breakpoints and return a strcmp-like result. */
11371 compare_breakpoints (const breakpoint *a, const breakpoint *b)
11373 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) a;
11374 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) b;
11376 if (a->number < b->number)
11378 else if (a->number > b->number)
11381 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11385 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
11388 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11391 clear_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
11393 struct breakpoint *b;
11396 std::vector<symtab_and_line> decoded_sals;
11397 symtab_and_line last_sal;
11398 gdb::array_view<symtab_and_line> sals;
11402 = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
11403 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11404 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
11406 sals = decoded_sals;
11410 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11411 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11412 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11413 last_sal = get_last_displayed_sal ();
11414 if (last_sal.symtab == 0)
11415 error (_("No source file specified."));
11421 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11422 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11423 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11424 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11426 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11427 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11428 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11429 due to optimization, all in one block.
11431 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11432 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11433 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11434 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11435 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11436 to support that. */
11438 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11439 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11440 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11443 std::vector<struct breakpoint *> found;
11444 for (const auto &sal : sals)
11446 const char *sal_fullname;
11448 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11449 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11450 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11453 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11458 1 0 <can't happen> */
11460 sal_fullname = (sal.symtab == NULL
11461 ? NULL : symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab));
11463 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11464 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11467 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11468 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
11470 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11471 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11473 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11474 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11475 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
11477 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
11478 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
11479 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
11480 || loc->section == sal.section));
11481 int line_match = 0;
11483 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
11484 && loc->symtab != NULL
11485 && sal_fullname != NULL
11486 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
11487 && loc->line_number == sal.line
11488 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab),
11489 sal_fullname) == 0)
11492 if (pc_match || line_match)
11501 found.push_back (b);
11505 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11506 if (found.empty ())
11509 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
11511 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11514 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11515 std::sort (found.begin (), found.end (),
11516 [] (const breakpoint *a, const breakpoint *b)
11518 return compare_breakpoints (a, b) < 0;
11520 found.erase (std::unique (found.begin (), found.end (),
11521 [] (const breakpoint *a, const breakpoint *b)
11523 return compare_breakpoints (a, b) == 0;
11527 if (found.size () > 1)
11528 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11531 if (found.size () == 1)
11532 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11534 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11537 for (breakpoint *iter : found)
11540 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", iter->number);
11541 delete_breakpoint (iter);
11544 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11547 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11548 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11549 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11552 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
11554 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
11556 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
11557 if (bs->breakpoint_at
11558 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
11560 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
11562 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
11564 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
11565 delete_breakpoint (b);
11569 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11570 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11571 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11572 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
11573 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11574 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11577 bp_locations_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
11579 const struct bp_location *a = *(const struct bp_location **) ap;
11580 const struct bp_location *b = *(const struct bp_location **) bp;
11582 if (a->address != b->address)
11583 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
11585 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11586 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11589 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
11590 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
11591 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
11593 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11594 if (a->permanent != b->permanent)
11595 return (a->permanent < b->permanent) - (a->permanent > b->permanent);
11597 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11598 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11599 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11601 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
11602 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
11603 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
11605 return (a > b) - (a < b);
11608 /* Set bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max and
11609 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11610 content of the bp_locations array. */
11613 bp_locations_target_extensions_update (void)
11615 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
11617 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
11618 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
11620 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
11622 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
11624 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
11627 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
11628 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
11630 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
11631 addr = bl->address - start;
11632 if (addr > bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
11633 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
11635 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11637 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
11638 addr = end - bl->address;
11639 if (addr > bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max)
11640 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
11644 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
11647 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
11649 struct breakpoint *b;
11650 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint = TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN;
11652 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
11654 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
11656 struct bp_location *bl;
11657 struct tracepoint *t;
11658 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
11660 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
11661 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
11662 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
11665 if (can_download_tracepoint == TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN)
11667 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
11668 can_download_tracepoint = TRIBOOL_TRUE;
11670 can_download_tracepoint = TRIBOOL_FALSE;
11673 if (can_download_tracepoint == TRIBOOL_FALSE)
11676 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
11678 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
11679 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
11680 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
11681 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
11684 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
11686 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
11689 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
11691 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
11692 t->number_on_target = b->number;
11693 if (bp_location_downloaded)
11694 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
11698 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
11701 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
11703 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
11704 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
11705 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
11706 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
11708 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
11709 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
11710 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
11711 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
11712 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
11714 left->inserted = right->inserted;
11715 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
11716 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
11717 left->target_info = right->target_info;
11718 right->inserted = left_inserted;
11719 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
11720 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
11721 right->target_info = left_target_info;
11724 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
11725 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
11726 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
11730 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
11732 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
11733 struct bp_location *loc;
11734 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
11737 address = bl->address;
11738 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
11740 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
11741 evaluating conditions and if the user has
11742 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
11744 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
11745 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
11748 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
11749 the same program space as the location
11750 as "its condition has changed". We need to
11751 update the conditions on the target's side. */
11752 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
11756 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
11757 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
11760 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
11761 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
11762 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
11763 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
11764 that have already been marked. */
11765 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
11767 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
11769 loc->cond_bytecode.reset ();
11772 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
11773 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
11774 locations are duplicate of which.
11776 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
11777 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
11781 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
11783 struct breakpoint *b;
11784 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
11785 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
11786 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
11787 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
11788 int last_pspace_num = -1;
11790 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
11791 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
11792 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
11793 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
11794 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
11796 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
11797 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
11798 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
11799 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
11801 /* Saved former bp_locations array which we compare against the newly
11802 built bp_locations from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
11803 struct bp_location **old_locp;
11804 unsigned old_locations_count;
11805 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<struct bp_location *> old_locations (bp_locations);
11807 old_locations_count = bp_locations_count;
11808 bp_locations = NULL;
11809 bp_locations_count = 0;
11811 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11812 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
11813 bp_locations_count++;
11815 bp_locations = XNEWVEC (struct bp_location *, bp_locations_count);
11816 locp = bp_locations;
11817 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11818 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
11820 qsort (bp_locations, bp_locations_count, sizeof (*bp_locations),
11821 bp_locations_compare);
11823 bp_locations_target_extensions_update ();
11825 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
11826 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
11827 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
11828 if there's another location at the same address (previously
11829 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
11832 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
11833 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
11835 locp = bp_locations;
11836 for (old_locp = old_locations.get ();
11837 old_locp < old_locations.get () + old_locations_count;
11840 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
11841 struct bp_location **loc2p;
11843 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
11844 not, we have to free it. */
11845 int found_object = 0;
11846 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
11847 int keep_in_target = 0;
11850 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
11851 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
11852 while (locp < bp_locations + bp_locations_count
11853 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
11857 (loc2p < bp_locations + bp_locations_count
11858 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
11861 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
11862 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
11863 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
11865 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
11866 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
11867 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
11869 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
11870 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
11873 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
11877 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
11878 have to go through updates again. */
11879 last_addr = old_loc->address;
11881 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
11883 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
11885 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
11886 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
11887 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
11888 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
11889 at certain location is not inserted. */
11891 if (old_loc->inserted)
11893 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
11896 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
11898 /* The location is still present in the location list,
11899 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
11900 keep_in_target = 1;
11904 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
11905 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
11906 remove its target-side condition. */
11908 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
11909 disabled. See if there's another location at the
11910 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
11911 this one from the target. */
11913 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
11914 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
11917 (loc2p < bp_locations + bp_locations_count
11918 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
11921 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
11923 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
11925 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
11926 access watchpoints, if the former are not
11927 supported, but the latter are. */
11928 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
11930 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
11931 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
11934 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
11935 if it should be inserted in case it will be
11937 if (loc2 != old_loc
11938 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
11940 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
11941 keep_in_target = 1;
11949 if (!keep_in_target)
11951 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc))
11953 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
11954 this location on the global list, and try to
11955 remove it next time, but there's no particular
11956 reason why we will succeed next time.
11958 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
11959 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
11960 only after calling us. */
11961 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
11962 "breakpoint %d\n"),
11963 old_loc->owner->number);
11971 if (removed && target_is_non_stop_p ()
11972 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc))
11974 /* This location was removed from the target. In
11975 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
11976 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
11977 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
11978 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
11979 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
11980 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
11981 after we see some number of events. The theory here
11982 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
11983 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
11984 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
11985 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
11986 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
11987 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
11990 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
11991 decr_pc_after_break targets.
11993 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
11994 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
11995 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
11996 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
11997 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
11998 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
11999 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12000 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12001 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12002 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12003 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12004 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12005 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12008 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12009 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12010 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12011 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12013 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12014 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12015 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12016 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12017 traps we can no longer explain. */
12019 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12020 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12022 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12026 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12027 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12032 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12033 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12034 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12035 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12036 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12037 are sorted first for the same address.
12039 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12040 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12042 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12043 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12044 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12045 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12046 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12048 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12050 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12053 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12054 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12055 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12056 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12057 `struct bp_location'. */
12058 || is_tracepoint (b))
12060 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12061 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12065 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12066 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12067 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12068 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12069 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12070 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12072 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12074 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12075 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12076 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12078 *loc_first_p = loc;
12079 loc->duplicate = 0;
12081 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12083 loc->needs_update = 1;
12084 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12085 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12091 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12092 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12093 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12095 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12096 loc->duplicate = 1;
12098 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12099 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12102 if (insert_mode == UGLL_INSERT || breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12104 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
12105 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12108 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12109 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12110 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12111 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12112 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12114 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12118 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
12119 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12123 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12125 struct bp_location *loc;
12128 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12129 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12131 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12132 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12138 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
12143 update_global_location_list (insert_mode);
12145 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12151 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12154 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12158 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12159 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12161 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12162 bs->old_val = NULL;
12163 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12167 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12169 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12171 struct breakpoint *bpt = (struct breakpoint *) data;
12173 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12177 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12181 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12183 struct value_print_options opts;
12185 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12187 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12189 if (b->loc == NULL)
12191 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12192 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12193 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12194 if (b->extra_string == NULL)
12196 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12197 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()));
12199 else if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
12201 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12202 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()),
12207 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12208 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()),
12214 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->symtab == NULL)
12216 printf_filtered (" at ");
12217 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12220 if (b->loc->symtab != NULL)
12222 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12224 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12225 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12226 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b->loc->symtab),
12227 b->loc->line_number);
12229 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12230 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12231 real situation somewhat. */
12232 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12233 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()));
12238 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12240 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12242 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12247 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12250 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12252 xfree (self->function_name);
12255 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12260 /* Destructor for the breakpoint base class. */
12262 breakpoint::~breakpoint ()
12264 xfree (this->cond_string);
12265 xfree (this->extra_string);
12266 xfree (this->filter);
12269 static struct bp_location *
12270 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12272 return new bp_location (&bp_location_ops, self);
12276 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12278 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12281 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12282 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12285 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12287 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12291 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl,
12292 enum remove_bp_reason reason)
12294 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12298 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12299 const address_space *aspace,
12301 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12303 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12307 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12312 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12316 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12318 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12321 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12325 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12327 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12330 static enum print_stop_action
12331 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12333 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12337 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12338 struct ui_out *uiout)
12344 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12346 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12350 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12352 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12356 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12357 (const struct event_location *location,
12358 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12359 enum bptype type_wanted)
12361 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12365 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12366 struct linespec_result *c,
12367 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
12368 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
12369 enum bptype type_wanted,
12370 enum bpdisp disposition,
12372 int task, int ignore_count,
12373 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
12374 int from_tty, int enabled,
12375 int internal, unsigned flags)
12377 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12380 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
12381 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
12382 const struct event_location *location,
12383 struct program_space *search_pspace)
12385 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12388 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12391 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
12396 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12399 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
12401 /* Nothing to do. */
12404 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
12406 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
12407 base_breakpoint_re_set,
12408 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
12409 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
12410 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
12411 base_breakpoint_check_status,
12412 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
12413 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
12414 base_breakpoint_print_it,
12416 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
12417 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
12418 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
12419 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location,
12420 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
12421 base_breakpoint_decode_location,
12422 base_breakpoint_explains_signal,
12423 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true,
12426 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12429 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12431 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12432 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b))
12434 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
12435 delete_breakpoint (b);
12439 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12443 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12445 CORE_ADDR addr = bl->target_info.reqstd_address;
12447 bl->target_info.kind = breakpoint_kind (bl, &addr);
12448 bl->target_info.placed_address = addr;
12450 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12451 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12453 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12457 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
12459 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12460 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12462 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info, reason);
12466 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12467 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12468 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12470 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12471 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
12474 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
12478 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
12479 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
12480 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
12487 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12488 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12489 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12491 if (dprintf_style == dprintf_style_agent
12492 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
12494 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
12495 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
12496 be set at the same address. */
12500 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
12504 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12506 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
12511 static enum print_stop_action
12512 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12514 struct breakpoint *b;
12515 const struct bp_location *bl;
12517 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12519 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
12521 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
12522 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12524 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
12525 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
12526 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
12529 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
12530 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
12533 uiout->text ("Temporary breakpoint ");
12535 uiout->text ("Breakpoint ");
12536 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
12538 uiout->field_string ("reason",
12539 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
12540 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
12542 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
12543 uiout->text (", ");
12545 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
12549 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12551 if (current_uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
12556 case bp_breakpoint:
12557 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
12558 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
12559 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12561 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12562 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12563 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
12564 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12566 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
12567 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
12570 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
12578 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
12580 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12581 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
12582 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
12583 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
12584 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
12585 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12586 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
12587 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
12588 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
12590 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12591 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
12593 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s",
12594 event_location_to_string (tp->location.get ()));
12596 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
12597 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
12598 if (tp->loc == NULL && tp->extra_string != NULL)
12599 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->extra_string);
12601 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
12605 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
12606 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12607 enum bptype type_wanted)
12609 create_sals_from_location_default (location, canonical, type_wanted);
12613 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12614 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12615 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
12616 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
12617 enum bptype type_wanted,
12618 enum bpdisp disposition,
12620 int task, int ignore_count,
12621 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12622 int from_tty, int enabled,
12623 int internal, unsigned flags)
12625 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
12626 std::move (cond_string),
12627 std::move (extra_string),
12629 disposition, thread, task,
12630 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
12631 enabled, internal, flags);
12634 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
12635 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
12636 const struct event_location *location,
12637 struct program_space *search_pspace)
12639 return decode_location_default (b, location, search_pspace);
12642 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12645 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12649 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12650 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12651 case bp_overlay_event:
12652 case bp_longjmp_master:
12653 case bp_std_terminate_master:
12654 case bp_exception_master:
12655 delete_breakpoint (b);
12658 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12659 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12660 case bp_shlib_event:
12662 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12663 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12664 case bp_thread_event:
12670 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
12672 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
12674 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
12675 events. This allows the user to get control and place
12676 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
12677 objects (among other things). */
12678 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
12679 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
12685 static enum print_stop_action
12686 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12688 struct breakpoint *b;
12690 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12694 case bp_shlib_event:
12695 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
12696 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
12697 to shlib event" message.) */
12698 print_solib_event (0);
12701 case bp_thread_event:
12702 /* Not sure how we will get here.
12703 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
12704 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12707 case bp_overlay_event:
12708 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
12709 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12712 case bp_longjmp_master:
12713 /* These should never be enabled. */
12714 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12717 case bp_std_terminate_master:
12718 /* These should never be enabled. */
12719 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
12720 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12723 case bp_exception_master:
12724 /* These should never be enabled. */
12725 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
12726 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12730 return PRINT_NOTHING;
12734 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12736 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12739 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
12742 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12744 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
12745 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
12746 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
12747 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
12751 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
12753 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
12756 static enum print_stop_action
12757 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12759 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
12763 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12765 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12768 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
12770 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
12771 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
12773 longjmp_breakpoint::~longjmp_breakpoint ()
12775 thread_info *tp = find_thread_global_id (this->thread);
12778 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
12781 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
12784 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12786 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
12790 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
12792 bl->probe.prob->set_semaphore (bl->probe.objfile, bl->gdbarch);
12799 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl,
12800 enum remove_bp_reason reason)
12802 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
12803 bl->probe.prob->clear_semaphore (bl->probe.objfile, bl->gdbarch);
12805 return bkpt_remove_location (bl, reason);
12809 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
12810 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12811 enum bptype type_wanted)
12813 struct linespec_sals lsal;
12815 lsal.sals = parse_probes (location, NULL, canonical);
12817 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical->location.get ()));
12818 canonical->lsals.push_back (std::move (lsal));
12821 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
12822 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
12823 const struct event_location *location,
12824 struct program_space *search_pspace)
12826 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals = parse_probes (location, search_pspace, NULL);
12828 error (_("probe not found"));
12832 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
12835 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12837 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12841 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12842 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12843 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12845 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
12851 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12852 struct ui_out *uiout)
12854 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
12855 if (!tp->static_trace_marker_id.empty ())
12857 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
12859 uiout->text ("\tmarker id is ");
12860 uiout->field_string ("static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
12861 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
12862 uiout->text ("\n");
12867 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12869 if (current_uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
12874 case bp_tracepoint:
12875 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
12876 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12878 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
12879 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
12880 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12882 case bp_static_tracepoint:
12883 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
12884 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12887 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12888 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
12895 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
12897 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
12899 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
12900 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
12901 else if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
12902 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
12903 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
12904 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
12906 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12907 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
12909 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s",
12910 event_location_to_string (self->location.get ()));
12911 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
12913 if (tp->pass_count)
12914 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
12918 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
12919 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12920 enum bptype type_wanted)
12922 create_sals_from_location_default (location, canonical, type_wanted);
12926 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12927 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12928 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
12929 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
12930 enum bptype type_wanted,
12931 enum bpdisp disposition,
12933 int task, int ignore_count,
12934 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12935 int from_tty, int enabled,
12936 int internal, unsigned flags)
12938 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
12939 std::move (cond_string),
12940 std::move (extra_string),
12942 disposition, thread, task,
12943 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
12944 enabled, internal, flags);
12947 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
12948 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
12949 const struct event_location *location,
12950 struct program_space *search_pspace)
12952 return decode_location_default (b, location, search_pspace);
12955 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
12957 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
12961 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
12962 (const struct event_location *location,
12963 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12964 enum bptype type_wanted)
12966 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12967 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location, canonical, type_wanted);
12970 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
12971 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
12972 const struct event_location *location,
12973 struct program_space *search_pspace)
12975 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12976 return bkpt_probe_decode_location (b, location, search_pspace);
12979 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
12981 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
12984 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12986 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12988 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
12989 gdb_assert (b->extra_string != NULL);
12991 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
12992 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
12993 3 - disconnect from target 1
12994 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
12996 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
12997 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
12998 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
12999 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13000 it all the time. */
13001 if (b->extra_string != NULL)
13002 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
13005 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13008 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13010 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "dprintf %s,%s",
13011 event_location_to_string (tp->location.get ()),
13013 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13016 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13019 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13020 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13021 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13022 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13023 address are all handled. */
13026 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13028 struct bpstats tmp_bs;
13029 struct bpstats *tmp_bs_p = &tmp_bs;
13031 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13032 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13033 condition not be evaluated. */
13036 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13037 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13038 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13039 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13040 commands here throws. */
13041 tmp_bs.commands = bs->commands;
13042 bs->commands = NULL;
13044 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p);
13046 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13047 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13051 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13055 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
13056 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13057 enum bptype type_wanted)
13059 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13060 const char *arg_start, *arg;
13062 arg = arg_start = get_linespec_location (location)->spec_string;
13063 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg);
13065 std::string str (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
13066 const char *ptr = str.c_str ();
13067 canonical->location
13068 = new_linespec_location (&ptr, symbol_name_match_type::FULL);
13071 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical->location.get ()));
13072 canonical->lsals.push_back (std::move (lsal));
13076 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13077 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13078 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
13079 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
13080 enum bptype type_wanted,
13081 enum bpdisp disposition,
13083 int task, int ignore_count,
13084 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13085 int from_tty, int enabled,
13086 int internal, unsigned flags)
13088 const linespec_sals &lsal = canonical->lsals[0];
13090 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13091 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13092 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13093 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13094 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13095 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13097 for (size_t i = 0; i < lsal.sals.size (); i++)
13099 event_location_up location
13100 = copy_event_location (canonical->location.get ());
13102 std::unique_ptr<tracepoint> tp (new tracepoint ());
13103 init_breakpoint_sal (tp.get (), gdbarch, lsal.sals[i],
13104 std::move (location), NULL,
13105 std::move (cond_string),
13106 std::move (extra_string),
13107 type_wanted, disposition,
13108 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13109 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13110 canonical->special_display);
13111 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13112 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13113 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13114 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13115 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13116 corresponds to this one */
13117 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13119 install_breakpoint (internal, std::move (tp), 0);
13123 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
13124 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
13125 const struct event_location *location,
13126 struct program_space *search_pspace)
13128 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13129 const char *s = get_linespec_location (location)->spec_string;
13131 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s);
13132 if (sals.size () > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13134 sals[0] = sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13139 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id.c_str ());
13142 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13145 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13147 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13150 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13154 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13156 struct breakpoint *b;
13158 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13160 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13161 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13164 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13165 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13166 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13167 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13168 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13171 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13172 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13173 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13174 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13176 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13179 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13180 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13181 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13183 struct breakpoint *related;
13184 struct watchpoint *w;
13186 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13187 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13188 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13189 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13193 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13195 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13196 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13197 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13198 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13199 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13202 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13203 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13204 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13205 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13207 gdb::observers::breakpoint_deleted.notify (bpt);
13209 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13210 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13212 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13213 if (b->next == bpt)
13215 b->next = bpt->next;
13219 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13221 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13222 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13223 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13224 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13225 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13226 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13227 commands won't work. */
13229 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13231 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13232 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13233 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13234 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13235 might be better design to have location completely
13236 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13237 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
13239 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13240 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13241 bpt->type = bp_none;
13245 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13246 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13249 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13250 gdb::function_view<void (breakpoint *)> function)
13252 struct breakpoint *related;
13257 struct breakpoint *next;
13259 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13260 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13262 if (next == related)
13264 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13265 function (related);
13267 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13268 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13273 function (related);
13277 while (related != b);
13281 delete_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
13283 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13289 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13291 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13292 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13293 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13294 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13295 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13297 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13301 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13303 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13305 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13306 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13307 delete_breakpoint (b);
13311 map_breakpoint_numbers
13312 (arg, [&] (breakpoint *b)
13314 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, delete_breakpoint);
13318 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
13319 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
13323 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint *b, struct program_space *pspace)
13325 struct bp_location *loc;
13327 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
13328 if ((pspace == NULL
13329 || loc->pspace == pspace)
13330 && !loc->shlib_disabled
13331 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13336 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13337 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13338 Null names are ignored. */
13341 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
13343 struct bp_location *l;
13344 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string, streq_hash, NULL,
13347 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
13350 const char *name = l->function_name;
13352 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13356 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
13358 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13362 htab_delete (htab);
13368 htab_delete (htab);
13372 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13373 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13374 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13375 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13376 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13377 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13378 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13379 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13382 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13383 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13384 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13385 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13386 in the sources, and output a warning.
13388 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13389 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13390 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13391 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13392 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13395 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13396 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13397 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13398 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13399 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13400 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13401 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13402 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13403 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13405 static struct symtab_and_line
13406 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
13408 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13409 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
13414 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
13416 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
13418 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id != marker.str_id)
13419 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13420 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id.c_str (),
13421 marker.str_id.c_str ());
13423 tp->static_trace_marker_id = std::move (marker.str_id);
13428 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13430 if (!sal.explicit_pc
13432 && sal.symtab != NULL
13433 && !tp->static_trace_marker_id.empty ())
13435 std::vector<static_tracepoint_marker> markers
13436 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid
13437 (tp->static_trace_marker_id.c_str ());
13439 if (!markers.empty ())
13441 struct symbol *sym;
13442 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
13443 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13444 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
13446 tpmarker = &markers[0];
13448 tp->static_trace_marker_id = std::move (tpmarker->str_id);
13450 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13451 "found at previous line number"),
13452 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id.c_str ());
13454 symtab_and_line sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
13455 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
13456 uiout->text ("Now in ");
13459 uiout->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
13460 uiout->text (" at ");
13462 uiout->field_string ("file",
13463 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
13466 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
13468 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
13470 uiout->field_string ("fullname", fullname);
13473 uiout->field_int ("line", sal2.line);
13474 uiout->text ("\n");
13476 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
13477 b->loc->symtab = sym != NULL ? sal2.symtab : NULL;
13479 b->location.reset (NULL);
13480 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
13481 explicit_loc.source_filename
13482 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
13483 explicit_loc.line_offset.offset = b->loc->line_number;
13484 explicit_loc.line_offset.sign = LINE_OFFSET_NONE;
13485 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
13487 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13494 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13495 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13498 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
13502 if (a->address != b->address)
13505 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
13508 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
13515 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
13521 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
13522 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
13523 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
13525 static struct bp_location *
13526 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint *b, struct program_space *pspace)
13528 struct bp_location head;
13529 struct bp_location *i = b->loc;
13530 struct bp_location **i_link = &b->loc;
13531 struct bp_location *hoisted = &head;
13533 if (pspace == NULL)
13544 if (i->pspace == pspace)
13559 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
13560 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
13561 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
13562 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
13566 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
13567 struct program_space *filter_pspace,
13568 gdb::array_view<const symtab_and_line> sals,
13569 gdb::array_view<const symtab_and_line> sals_end)
13571 struct bp_location *existing_locations;
13573 if (!sals_end.empty () && (sals.size () != 1 || sals_end.size () != 1))
13575 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13577 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
13578 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13579 "multiple locations found\n"),
13584 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13585 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13586 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13587 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13588 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13589 individual locations. */
13590 if (all_locations_are_pending (b, filter_pspace) && sals.empty ())
13593 existing_locations = hoist_existing_locations (b, filter_pspace);
13595 for (const auto &sal : sals)
13597 struct bp_location *new_loc;
13599 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal.pspace);
13601 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
13603 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13605 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
13609 s = b->cond_string;
13612 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sal.pc,
13613 block_for_pc (sal.pc),
13616 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
13618 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13619 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13620 b->number, e.message);
13621 new_loc->enabled = 0;
13626 if (!sals_end.empty ())
13628 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end[0]);
13630 new_loc->length = end - sals[0].pc + 1;
13634 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13637 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
13638 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13639 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13640 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13641 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13642 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13643 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
13645 for (; e; e = e->next)
13647 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
13649 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
13650 if (have_ambiguous_names)
13652 for (; l; l = l->next)
13653 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
13661 for (; l; l = l->next)
13662 if (l->function_name
13663 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
13673 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
13674 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
13677 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
13678 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
13680 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
13681 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, struct event_location *location,
13682 struct program_space *search_pspace, int *found)
13684 struct gdb_exception exception = exception_none;
13686 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
13688 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals;
13692 sals = b->ops->decode_location (b, location, search_pspace);
13694 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
13696 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
13700 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
13701 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
13702 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
13703 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
13704 state, then user already saw the message about that
13705 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
13707 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
13708 && (b->condition_not_parsed
13710 && search_pspace != NULL
13711 && b->loc->pspace != search_pspace)
13712 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
13713 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13714 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
13715 not_found_and_ok = 1;
13717 if (!not_found_and_ok)
13719 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
13720 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
13721 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
13722 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
13723 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
13724 which approach is better. */
13725 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
13726 throw_exception (e);
13731 if (exception.reason == 0 || exception.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
13733 for (auto &sal : sals)
13734 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
13735 if (b->condition_not_parsed && b->extra_string != NULL)
13737 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
13740 find_condition_and_thread (b->extra_string, sals[0].pc,
13741 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
13743 gdb_assert (b->cond_string == NULL);
13745 b->cond_string = cond_string;
13746 b->thread = thread;
13750 xfree (b->extra_string);
13751 b->extra_string = extra_string;
13753 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
13756 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
13757 sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals[0]);
13767 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
13768 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
13772 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
13774 struct program_space *filter_pspace = current_program_space;
13775 std::vector<symtab_and_line> expanded, expanded_end;
13778 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals = location_to_sals (b, b->location.get (),
13779 filter_pspace, &found);
13781 expanded = std::move (sals);
13783 if (b->location_range_end != NULL)
13785 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals_end
13786 = location_to_sals (b, b->location_range_end.get (),
13787 filter_pspace, &found);
13789 expanded_end = std::move (sals_end);
13792 update_breakpoint_locations (b, filter_pspace, expanded, expanded_end);
13795 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
13796 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
13799 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location *location,
13800 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13801 enum bptype type_wanted)
13803 parse_breakpoint_sals (location, canonical);
13806 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
13807 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
13811 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13812 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13813 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
13814 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
13815 enum bptype type_wanted,
13816 enum bpdisp disposition,
13818 int task, int ignore_count,
13819 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13820 int from_tty, int enabled,
13821 int internal, unsigned flags)
13823 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical,
13824 std::move (cond_string),
13825 std::move (extra_string),
13826 type_wanted, disposition,
13827 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13828 enabled, internal, flags);
13831 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
13832 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
13834 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
13835 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint *b,
13836 const struct event_location *location,
13837 struct program_space *search_pspace)
13839 struct linespec_result canonical;
13841 decode_line_full (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, search_pspace,
13842 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
13843 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
13846 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
13847 gdb_assert (canonical.lsals.size () < 2);
13849 if (!canonical.lsals.empty ())
13851 const linespec_sals &lsal = canonical.lsals[0];
13852 return std::move (lsal.sals);
13857 /* Reset a breakpoint. */
13860 breakpoint_re_set_one (breakpoint *b)
13862 input_radix = b->input_radix;
13863 set_language (b->language);
13865 b->ops->re_set (b);
13868 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
13869 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
13872 breakpoint_re_set (void)
13874 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13877 scoped_restore_current_language save_language;
13878 scoped_restore save_input_radix = make_scoped_restore (&input_radix);
13879 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
13881 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
13882 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
13883 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
13884 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
13886 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13890 breakpoint_re_set_one (b);
13892 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
13894 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, ex,
13895 "Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
13901 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
13904 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
13905 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
13906 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
13907 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
13909 /* Now we can insert. */
13910 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
13913 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
13915 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
13916 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
13918 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
13920 if (b->thread != -1)
13922 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
13923 b->thread = ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
13925 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
13926 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
13927 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
13929 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
13933 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
13934 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
13935 which ends with a period (no newline). */
13938 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
13940 struct breakpoint *b;
13945 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13946 if (b->number == bptnum)
13948 if (is_tracepoint (b))
13950 if (from_tty && count != 0)
13951 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
13956 b->ignore_count = count;
13960 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
13961 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
13963 else if (count == 1)
13964 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
13967 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
13968 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
13971 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
13975 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
13978 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
13981 ignore_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
13983 const char *p = args;
13987 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
13989 num = get_number (&p);
13991 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
13993 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
13995 set_ignore_count (num,
13996 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
13999 printf_filtered ("\n");
14003 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints with numbers in the range
14004 defined by BP_NUM_RANGE (an inclusive range). */
14007 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::pair<int, int> bp_num_range,
14008 gdb::function_view<void (breakpoint *)> function)
14010 if (bp_num_range.first == 0)
14012 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%d'"),
14013 bp_num_range.first);
14017 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14019 for (int i = bp_num_range.first; i <= bp_num_range.second; i++)
14021 bool match = false;
14023 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14024 if (b->number == i)
14031 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), i);
14036 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints whose numbers are given in
14040 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args,
14041 gdb::function_view<void (breakpoint *)> function)
14043 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
14044 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14046 number_or_range_parser parser (args);
14048 while (!parser.finished ())
14050 int num = parser.get_number ();
14051 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::make_pair (num, num), function);
14055 /* Return the breakpoint location structure corresponding to the
14056 BP_NUM and LOC_NUM values. */
14058 static struct bp_location *
14059 find_location_by_number (int bp_num, int loc_num)
14061 struct breakpoint *b;
14063 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14064 if (b->number == bp_num)
14069 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14070 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%d'"), bp_num);
14073 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num);
14076 for (bp_location *loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14077 if (++n == loc_num)
14080 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num);
14083 /* Modes of operation for extract_bp_num. */
14084 enum class extract_bp_kind
14086 /* Extracting a breakpoint number. */
14089 /* Extracting a location number. */
14093 /* Extract a breakpoint or location number (as determined by KIND)
14094 from the string starting at START. TRAILER is a character which
14095 can be found after the number. If you don't want a trailer, use
14096 '\0'. If END_OUT is not NULL, it is set to point after the parsed
14097 string. This always returns a positive integer. */
14100 extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind kind, const char *start,
14101 int trailer, const char **end_out = NULL)
14103 const char *end = start;
14104 int num = get_number_trailer (&end, trailer);
14106 error (kind == extract_bp_kind::bp
14107 ? _("Negative breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14108 : _("Negative breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14109 int (end - start), start);
14111 error (kind == extract_bp_kind::bp
14112 ? _("Bad breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14113 : _("Bad breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14114 int (end - start), start);
14116 if (end_out != NULL)
14121 /* Extract a breakpoint or location range (as determined by KIND) in
14122 the form NUM1-NUM2 stored at &ARG[arg_offset]. Returns a std::pair
14123 representing the (inclusive) range. The returned pair's elements
14124 are always positive integers. */
14126 static std::pair<int, int>
14127 extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind kind,
14128 const std::string &arg,
14129 std::string::size_type arg_offset)
14131 std::pair<int, int> range;
14132 const char *bp_loc = &arg[arg_offset];
14133 std::string::size_type dash = arg.find ('-', arg_offset);
14134 if (dash != std::string::npos)
14136 /* bp_loc is a range (x-z). */
14137 if (arg.length () == dash + 1)
14138 error (kind == extract_bp_kind::bp
14139 ? _("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'")
14140 : _("Bad breakpoint location number at or near: '%s'"),
14144 const char *start_first = bp_loc;
14145 const char *start_second = &arg[dash + 1];
14146 range.first = extract_bp_num (kind, start_first, '-');
14147 range.second = extract_bp_num (kind, start_second, '\0', &end);
14149 if (range.first > range.second)
14150 error (kind == extract_bp_kind::bp
14151 ? _("Inverted breakpoint range at '%.*s'")
14152 : _("Inverted breakpoint location range at '%.*s'"),
14153 int (end - start_first), start_first);
14157 /* bp_loc is a single value. */
14158 range.first = extract_bp_num (kind, bp_loc, '\0');
14159 range.second = range.first;
14164 /* Extract the breakpoint/location range specified by ARG. Returns
14165 the breakpoint range in BP_NUM_RANGE, and the location range in
14168 ARG may be in any of the following forms:
14170 x where 'x' is a breakpoint number.
14171 x-y where 'x' and 'y' specify a breakpoint numbers range.
14172 x.y where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' a location number.
14173 x.y-z where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' and 'z' specify a
14174 location number range.
14178 extract_bp_number_and_location (const std::string &arg,
14179 std::pair<int, int> &bp_num_range,
14180 std::pair<int, int> &bp_loc_range)
14182 std::string::size_type dot = arg.find ('.');
14184 if (dot != std::string::npos)
14186 /* Handle 'x.y' and 'x.y-z' cases. */
14188 if (arg.length () == dot + 1 || dot == 0)
14189 error (_("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'"), arg.c_str ());
14192 = extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind::bp, arg.c_str (), '.');
14193 bp_num_range.second = bp_num_range.first;
14195 bp_loc_range = extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::loc,
14200 /* Handle x and x-y cases. */
14202 bp_num_range = extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::bp, arg, 0);
14203 bp_loc_range.first = 0;
14204 bp_loc_range.second = 0;
14208 /* Enable or disable a breakpoint location BP_NUM.LOC_NUM. ENABLE
14209 specifies whether to enable or disable. */
14212 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (int bp_num, int loc_num, bool enable)
14214 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (bp_num, loc_num);
14217 if (loc->enabled != enable)
14219 loc->enabled = enable;
14220 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14222 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14223 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14224 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14225 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14227 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
14230 /* Enable or disable a range of breakpoint locations. BP_NUM is the
14231 number of the breakpoint, and BP_LOC_RANGE specifies the
14232 (inclusive) range of location numbers of that breakpoint to
14233 enable/disable. ENABLE specifies whether to enable or disable the
14237 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range (int bp_num,
14238 std::pair<int, int> &bp_loc_range,
14241 for (int i = bp_loc_range.first; i <= bp_loc_range.second; i++)
14242 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (bp_num, i, enable);
14245 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14246 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14247 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14250 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14252 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14253 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14254 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14255 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14258 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14260 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14261 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14263 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14264 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14266 struct bp_location *location;
14268 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14269 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14272 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
14274 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (bpt);
14277 /* Enable or disable the breakpoint(s) or breakpoint location(s)
14278 specified in ARGS. ARGS may be in any of the formats handled by
14279 extract_bp_number_and_location. ENABLE specifies whether to enable
14280 or disable the breakpoints/locations. */
14283 enable_disable_command (const char *args, int from_tty, bool enable)
14287 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14289 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14290 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14293 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14295 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14300 std::string num = extract_arg (&args);
14302 while (!num.empty ())
14304 std::pair<int, int> bp_num_range, bp_loc_range;
14306 extract_bp_number_and_location (num, bp_num_range, bp_loc_range);
14308 if (bp_loc_range.first == bp_loc_range.second
14309 && bp_loc_range.first == 0)
14311 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x' or 'x-z'. */
14312 map_breakpoint_number_range (bp_num_range,
14314 ? enable_breakpoint
14315 : disable_breakpoint);
14319 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x.y' or
14321 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range
14322 (bp_num_range.first, bp_loc_range, enable);
14324 num = extract_arg (&args);
14329 /* The disable command disables the specified breakpoints/locations
14330 (or all defined breakpoints) so they're no longer effective in
14331 stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the forms defined in
14332 extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14335 disable_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14337 enable_disable_command (args, from_tty, false);
14341 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14344 int target_resources_ok;
14346 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14349 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14350 target_resources_ok =
14351 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14353 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14354 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14355 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14356 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14359 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14361 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14362 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = bp_disabled;
14366 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14368 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14369 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14370 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14372 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14374 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14375 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14382 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14384 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14385 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14387 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14388 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14390 struct bp_location *location;
14392 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14393 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14396 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14397 bpt->enable_count = count;
14398 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
14400 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (bpt);
14405 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14407 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14410 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints/locations (or
14411 all defined breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to
14412 be) effective in stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the
14413 forms defined in extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14416 enable_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14418 enable_disable_command (args, from_tty, true);
14422 enable_once_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14424 map_breakpoint_numbers
14425 (args, [&] (breakpoint *b)
14427 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14428 (b, [&] (breakpoint *bpt)
14430 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_disable, 1);
14436 enable_count_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14441 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
14443 count = get_number (&args);
14445 map_breakpoint_numbers
14446 (args, [&] (breakpoint *b)
14448 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14449 (b, [&] (breakpoint *bpt)
14451 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_disable, count);
14457 enable_delete_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14459 map_breakpoint_numbers
14460 (args, [&] (breakpoint *b)
14462 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14463 (b, [&] (breakpoint *bpt)
14465 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_del, 1);
14471 set_breakpoint_cmd (const char *args, int from_tty)
14476 show_breakpoint_cmd (const char *args, int from_tty)
14480 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14481 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14485 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
14486 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
14487 const bfd_byte *data)
14489 struct breakpoint *bp;
14491 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14492 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
14493 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
14495 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
14497 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val != nullptr)
14499 struct bp_location *loc;
14501 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14502 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14503 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
14504 && addr + len > loc->address)
14513 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14516 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14517 const address_space *aspace,
14520 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
14521 struct symtab_and_line sal;
14522 CORE_ADDR pc = next_pc;
14524 if (tp->control.single_step_breakpoints == NULL)
14526 tp->control.single_step_breakpoints
14527 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp->global_num, gdbarch);
14530 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
14532 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
14533 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
14534 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp->control.single_step_breakpoints, &sal);
14536 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT);
14539 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
14542 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
14544 struct regcache *regcache = get_current_regcache ();
14545 std::vector<CORE_ADDR> next_pcs;
14547 next_pcs = gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch, regcache);
14549 if (!next_pcs.empty ())
14551 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
14552 const address_space *aspace = get_frame_address_space (frame);
14554 for (CORE_ADDR pc : next_pcs)
14555 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, pc);
14563 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14566 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint *bp,
14567 const address_space *aspace,
14570 struct bp_location *loc;
14572 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14574 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
14580 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14584 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space *aspace,
14587 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14589 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14591 if (bpt->type == bp_single_step
14592 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt, aspace, pc))
14598 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14600 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14602 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
14604 tracepoint_count = num;
14605 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
14609 trace_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
14611 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
14613 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&arg,
14615 if (location != NULL
14616 && event_location_type (location.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION)
14617 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
14619 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
14621 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14623 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
14625 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14626 0 /* Ignore count */,
14627 pending_break_support,
14631 0 /* internal */, 0);
14635 ftrace_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
14637 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&arg,
14639 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14641 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
14643 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14644 0 /* Ignore count */,
14645 pending_break_support,
14646 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
14649 0 /* internal */, 0);
14652 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
14655 strace_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
14657 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
14658 event_location_up location;
14660 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
14661 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
14662 if (arg && startswith (arg, "-m") && isspace (arg[2]))
14664 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
14665 location = new_linespec_location (&arg, symbol_name_match_type::FULL);
14669 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
14670 location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
14673 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14675 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
14677 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14678 0 /* Ignore count */,
14679 pending_break_support,
14683 0 /* internal */, 0);
14686 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
14687 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
14689 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
14690 static int next_cmd;
14693 read_uploaded_action (void)
14695 char *rslt = nullptr;
14697 if (next_cmd < this_utp->cmd_strings.size ())
14699 rslt = this_utp->cmd_strings[next_cmd];
14706 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
14707 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
14708 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
14709 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
14710 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
14712 struct tracepoint *
14713 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
14715 const char *addr_str;
14716 char small_buf[100];
14717 struct tracepoint *tp;
14719 if (utp->at_string)
14720 addr_str = utp->at_string;
14723 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
14724 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
14725 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
14727 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
14728 "source location, using raw address"),
14730 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
14731 addr_str = small_buf;
14734 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
14735 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
14736 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
14737 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
14740 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&addr_str,
14742 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14744 utp->cond_string, -1, addr_str,
14745 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
14747 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
14748 0 /* Ignore count */,
14749 pending_break_support,
14750 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
14752 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
14754 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
14757 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
14758 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
14759 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
14763 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
14766 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
14769 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
14770 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
14771 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
14773 if (!utp->cmd_strings.empty ())
14775 counted_command_line cmd_list;
14780 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL);
14782 breakpoint_set_commands (tp, std::move (cmd_list));
14784 else if (!utp->actions.empty ()
14785 || !utp->step_actions.empty ())
14786 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
14787 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
14790 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
14791 tp->hit_count = utp->hit_count;
14792 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
14797 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
14801 info_tracepoints_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14803 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
14806 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
14808 if (num_printed == 0)
14810 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
14811 uiout->message ("No tracepoints.\n");
14813 uiout->message ("No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
14816 default_collect_info ();
14819 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
14820 Not supported by all targets. */
14822 enable_trace_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14824 enable_command (args, from_tty);
14827 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
14828 Not supported by all targets. */
14830 disable_trace_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14832 disable_command (args, from_tty);
14835 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
14837 delete_trace_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
14839 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14845 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
14847 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
14848 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
14849 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
14851 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
14852 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
14854 breaks_to_delete = 1;
14858 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14860 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
14862 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14863 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
14864 delete_breakpoint (b);
14868 map_breakpoint_numbers
14869 (arg, [&] (breakpoint *b)
14871 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, delete_breakpoint);
14875 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
14878 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
14880 tp->pass_count = count;
14881 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (tp);
14883 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
14884 tp->number, count);
14887 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
14889 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
14890 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
14891 Also accepts special argument "all". */
14894 trace_pass_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14896 struct tracepoint *t1;
14899 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
14900 error (_("passcount command requires an "
14901 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
14903 count = strtoulst (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
14905 args = skip_spaces (args);
14906 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
14908 struct breakpoint *b;
14910 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
14912 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
14914 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
14916 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
14917 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
14920 else if (*args == '\0')
14922 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL);
14924 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
14928 number_or_range_parser parser (args);
14929 while (!parser.finished ())
14931 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &parser);
14933 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
14938 struct tracepoint *
14939 get_tracepoint (int num)
14941 struct breakpoint *t;
14943 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
14944 if (t->number == num)
14945 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
14950 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
14951 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
14954 struct tracepoint *
14955 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
14957 struct breakpoint *b;
14959 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
14961 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
14963 if (t->number_on_target == num)
14970 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
14971 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
14972 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
14973 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
14975 struct tracepoint *
14976 get_tracepoint_by_number (const char **arg,
14977 number_or_range_parser *parser)
14979 struct breakpoint *t;
14981 const char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
14983 if (parser != NULL)
14985 gdb_assert (!parser->finished ());
14986 tpnum = parser->get_number ();
14988 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
14989 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
14991 tpnum = get_number (arg);
14995 if (instring && *instring)
14996 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
14999 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15003 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15004 if (t->number == tpnum)
15006 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15009 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15014 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15016 if (b->thread != -1)
15017 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15020 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15022 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15025 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15026 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15027 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15031 save_breakpoints (const char *filename, int from_tty,
15032 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15034 struct breakpoint *tp;
15036 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15038 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15039 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15041 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15042 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15044 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15045 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15048 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15049 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15054 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15056 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15058 /* We can stop searching. */
15065 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15069 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> expanded_filename (tilde_expand (filename));
15073 if (!fp.open (expanded_filename.get (), "w"))
15074 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15075 expanded_filename.get (), safe_strerror (errno));
15077 if (extra_trace_bits)
15078 save_trace_state_variables (&fp);
15080 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15082 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15083 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15086 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15087 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15090 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, &fp);
15092 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15093 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15096 if (tp->cond_string)
15097 fp.printf (" condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15099 if (tp->ignore_count)
15100 fp.printf (" ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15102 if (tp->type != bp_dprintf && tp->commands)
15104 fp.puts (" commands\n");
15106 current_uiout->redirect (&fp);
15109 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands.get (), 2);
15111 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15113 current_uiout->redirect (NULL);
15114 throw_exception (ex);
15118 current_uiout->redirect (NULL);
15119 fp.puts (" end\n");
15122 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15123 fp.puts ("disable $bpnum\n");
15125 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15126 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15127 special, and not user visible. */
15128 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15130 struct bp_location *loc;
15133 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15135 fp.printf ("disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15139 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15140 fp.printf ("set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15143 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), expanded_filename.get ());
15146 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15149 save_breakpoints_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
15151 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15154 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15157 save_tracepoints_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
15159 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15162 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15164 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15165 all_tracepoints (void)
15167 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15168 struct breakpoint *tp;
15170 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15172 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15179 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15180 locations used by several commands. */
15182 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15183 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15184 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15185 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15186 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15187 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15189 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15190 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15191 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15193 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15194 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15195 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15196 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15197 -function fact -label the_top\".\n\
15199 By default, a specified function is matched against the program's\n\
15200 functions in all scopes. For C++, this means in all namespaces and\n\
15201 classes. For Ada, this means in all packages. E.g., in C++,\n\
15202 \"func()\" matches \"A::func()\", \"A::B::func()\", etc. The\n\
15203 \"-qualified\" flag overrides this behavior, making GDB interpret the\n\
15204 specified name as a complete fully-qualified name instead.\n"
15206 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15207 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15208 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15211 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15212 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15213 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15214 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15215 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15216 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15217 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15220 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15221 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15223 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15224 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15225 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15226 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15227 conditions are different.\n\
15229 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15231 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15232 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15234 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15235 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15238 add_catch_command (const char *name, const char *docstring,
15239 cmd_const_sfunc_ftype *sfunc,
15240 completer_ftype *completer,
15241 void *user_data_catch,
15242 void *user_data_tcatch)
15244 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15246 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, docstring,
15248 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15249 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15250 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15252 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, docstring,
15254 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15255 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15256 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15260 save_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
15262 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15263 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15264 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", all_commands, gdb_stdout);
15267 struct breakpoint *
15268 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15271 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15273 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15275 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15282 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15283 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15286 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15288 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15289 non-inline function. */
15290 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15296 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15297 have been inlined. */
15300 pc_at_non_inline_function (const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15301 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15303 struct breakpoint *b;
15304 struct bp_location *bl;
15306 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15308 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15311 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15313 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15314 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15322 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15325 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
15327 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
15329 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
15330 if (loc->symtab != NULL && SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc->symtab) == objfile)
15331 loc->symtab = NULL;
15335 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15337 static int initialized = 0;
15339 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15345 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15346 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15347 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15348 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15349 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15350 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15351 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15352 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15353 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15354 ops->create_sals_from_location = bkpt_create_sals_from_location;
15355 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15356 ops->decode_location = bkpt_decode_location;
15358 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15359 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15360 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15361 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15362 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15363 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15364 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15365 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15367 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15368 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
15369 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15370 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
15371 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
15372 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
15373 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
15374 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
15375 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
15376 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
15378 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15379 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
15380 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15381 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
15382 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
15383 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
15384 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
15386 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15387 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15388 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15389 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
15390 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
15391 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
15392 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
15394 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15395 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15396 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15397 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
15398 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
15399 ops->create_sals_from_location = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location;
15400 ops->decode_location = bkpt_probe_decode_location;
15403 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15404 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15405 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
15406 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
15407 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
15408 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
15409 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
15410 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
15411 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
15412 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
15413 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
15414 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
15415 ops->explains_signal = explains_signal_watchpoint;
15417 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15418 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15419 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15420 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
15421 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
15422 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
15423 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
15424 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
15425 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
15426 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
15427 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
15430 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15431 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15432 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
15433 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
15434 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
15435 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
15436 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
15437 ops->create_sals_from_location = tracepoint_create_sals_from_location;
15438 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
15439 ops->decode_location = tracepoint_decode_location;
15441 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15442 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15443 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15444 ops->create_sals_from_location = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location;
15445 ops->decode_location = tracepoint_probe_decode_location;
15447 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15448 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15449 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15450 ops->create_sals_from_location = strace_marker_create_sals_from_location;
15451 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
15452 ops->decode_location = strace_marker_decode_location;
15454 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15455 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
15456 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15457 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
15458 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
15459 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
15460 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
15461 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
15462 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
15463 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
15465 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15466 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
15467 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15468 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
15469 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
15470 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
15471 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
15472 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
15473 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
15474 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
15476 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15477 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
15478 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15479 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
15480 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
15481 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
15482 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
15483 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
15484 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
15485 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
15487 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15488 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
15489 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15490 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
15491 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
15492 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
15493 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
15494 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
15495 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
15496 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
15497 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
15499 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
15500 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15501 ops->re_set = dprintf_re_set;
15502 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15503 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15504 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15505 ops->print_recreate = dprintf_print_recreate;
15506 ops->after_condition_true = dprintf_after_condition_true;
15507 ops->breakpoint_hit = dprintf_breakpoint_hit;
15510 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15512 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
15515 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15517 struct cmd_list_element *c;
15519 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15521 gdb::observers::solib_unloaded.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
15522 gdb::observers::free_objfile.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile);
15523 gdb::observers::memory_changed.attach (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
15525 breakpoint_objfile_key
15526 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_objfile_data);
15528 breakpoint_chain = 0;
15529 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15530 before a breakpoint is set. */
15531 breakpoint_count = 0;
15533 tracepoint_count = 0;
15535 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
15536 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15537 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15539 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
15540 Set commands to be executed when the given breakpoints are hit.\n\
15541 Give a space-separated breakpoint list as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15542 A list element can be a breakpoint number (e.g. `5') or a range of numbers\n\
15544 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15545 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15546 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15547 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15548 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15550 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
15551 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15552 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15553 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15554 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
15556 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
15557 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15558 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15559 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15560 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15562 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15563 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15565 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
15566 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15567 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15568 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15570 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15571 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15573 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
15574 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15575 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15576 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15578 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15579 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15581 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15582 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15583 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15584 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15585 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15586 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15587 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
15589 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15591 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15592 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15593 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15594 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15595 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15596 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
15598 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
15599 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15600 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15603 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
15604 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15605 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15608 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
15609 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15610 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15611 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15614 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
15615 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15616 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15619 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
15620 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15621 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15624 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
15625 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15626 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15627 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15630 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
15631 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15632 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15633 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15634 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15635 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
15636 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15637 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15639 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
15640 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15641 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15642 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15643 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15644 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15647 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
15648 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15649 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15650 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15652 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
15653 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
15654 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
15655 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
15656 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
15658 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
15659 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15660 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15661 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15662 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
15665 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
15666 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
15667 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
15669 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
15670 is executing in.\n"
15671 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15672 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
15673 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
15675 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
15676 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
15677 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
15678 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15680 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
15681 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
15682 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
15683 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
15687 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
15688 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
15689 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
15690 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
15691 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
15692 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
15693 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
15694 add_com ("status", class_info, info_breakpoints_command, _("\
15695 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15696 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15697 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15698 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15699 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15700 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15701 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15702 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15704 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15705 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15706 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15707 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15708 breakpoint set."));
15711 add_info ("breakpoints", info_breakpoints_command, _("\
15712 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
15713 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15714 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15715 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15716 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15717 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15718 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15719 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15721 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15722 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15723 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15724 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15725 breakpoint set."));
15727 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
15729 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
15730 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15731 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15732 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15733 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15734 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
15735 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
15736 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
15737 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
15738 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15739 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15740 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15741 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15743 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15744 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15745 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15746 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15748 &maintenanceinfolist);
15750 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
15751 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
15752 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
15753 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
15755 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
15756 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
15757 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
15758 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
15760 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
15761 catch_fork_command_1,
15763 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
15764 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
15765 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
15766 catch_fork_command_1,
15768 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
15769 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
15770 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
15771 catch_exec_command_1,
15775 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
15776 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
15777 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15778 catch_load_command_1,
15782 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
15783 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
15784 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15785 catch_unload_command_1,
15790 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
15791 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15792 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15793 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15794 an expression changes.\n\
15795 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15796 the memory to which it refers."));
15797 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
15799 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
15800 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15801 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15802 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15803 an expression is read.\n\
15804 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15805 the memory to which it refers."));
15806 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
15808 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
15809 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15810 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15811 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15812 an expression is either read or written.\n\
15813 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15814 the memory to which it refers."));
15815 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
15817 add_info ("watchpoints", info_watchpoints_command, _("\
15818 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
15820 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
15821 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
15822 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
15823 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
15824 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15825 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15826 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
15827 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
15828 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
15831 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
15832 &setlist, &showlist);
15834 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
15836 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
15838 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
15839 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15841 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
15842 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15843 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15845 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
15846 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
15847 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
15848 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
15850 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
15851 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15853 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
15854 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15855 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15857 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
15858 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
15860 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
15861 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
15862 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
15863 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
15864 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
15865 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
15866 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
15867 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
15868 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
15870 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15871 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15872 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15873 conditions are different.\n\
15875 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
15876 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15877 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15879 add_info ("tracepoints", info_tracepoints_command, _("\
15880 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
15881 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
15882 last tracepoint set."));
15884 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
15886 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
15887 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
15888 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15889 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
15891 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
15893 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
15894 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
15895 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15896 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
15898 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
15900 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
15901 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
15902 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15903 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
15905 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
15907 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
15908 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
15909 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
15910 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
15911 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
15913 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
15914 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
15915 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
15916 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
15918 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
15919 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
15920 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
15921 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
15922 session to restore them."),
15924 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
15926 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
15927 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
15928 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
15930 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
15932 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
15933 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
15935 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
15936 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15937 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15938 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15939 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
15940 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
15941 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
15942 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15943 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15944 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15945 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
15946 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
15948 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
15949 &pending_break_support, _("\
15950 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15951 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15952 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
15953 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
15954 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
15955 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
15957 show_pending_break_support,
15958 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
15959 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
15961 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
15963 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
15964 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
15965 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15966 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15967 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
15968 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
15969 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
15971 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
15972 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
15973 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
15975 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
15976 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
15977 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15978 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15979 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
15980 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
15981 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
15982 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
15983 when execution stops."),
15985 &show_always_inserted_mode,
15986 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
15987 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
15989 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
15990 condition_evaluation_enums,
15991 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
15992 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15993 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15994 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
15995 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
15996 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
15997 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
15998 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
15999 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16000 be set to \"gdb\""),
16001 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16002 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16003 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16004 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16006 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16007 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16008 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16009 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16010 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16011 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16012 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16013 or the start of the range\n\
16014 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16015 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16016 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16018 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16019 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16020 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16022 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16023 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
16024 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16025 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
16026 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING));
16027 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16029 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16030 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16031 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16032 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16033 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16034 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16035 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16036 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16037 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16038 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16039 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16040 &setlist, &showlist);
16042 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16043 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16044 &dprintf_function, _("\
16045 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16046 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16047 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16048 &setlist, &showlist);
16050 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16051 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16052 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16053 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16054 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16055 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16056 &setlist, &showlist);
16058 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16059 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16060 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16061 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16062 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16063 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16066 &setlist, &showlist);
16068 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16069 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16070 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16072 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16074 gdb::observers::about_to_proceed.attach (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16075 gdb::observers::thread_exit.attach (remove_threaded_breakpoints);